Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

connected by a passage

  • 1 συντετραίνω

    συντετραίνω, A.Ch. 451 (lyr.), Hdt.2.11, later [full] συντίτρημι, [tense] pres. inf.
    A

    - τιτράναι Gal.5.238

    , [ per.] 3sg. [tense] pres. imper. [voice] Pass.

    - τιτράσθω Heliod.

     ap.Orib.44.23.59: [tense] fut. - τρήσω: [tense] aor. - έτρησα: [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. - τέτρημαι:— unite by a boring, channel, or passage,

    ἀλλήλοισι σ. τοὺς μυχούς Hdt. 2.11

     (cf.

    παραλλάσσω 11.1

    ); τὴν τοῦ ποτοῦ διέξοδον συνέτρησαν εἰς τὸν μυελόν they carried the passage through into the marrow, Pl.Ti. 91a, cf. Criti. 115d; τοῖς συντρήσασιν εἰς τὰ τῶν πλησίον who have run a gallery into their neighbours' mines, D.37.38:—[voice] Pass., [οἱ οὐρητῆρες] ἐς τὰ αἰδοῖα συντέτρηνται open directly into.., Hp.Aër.9 (interpol.);

    εἰς ἀλλήλους -τετρῆσθαι Pl.Phd. 111d

    ; [

    φάραγγες] συντετρημέναι πρὸς ἀλλήλας D.S.3.44

    ;

    εἰς ὃν ἡ θάλαττα συνετέτρητο Pl. Criti. 115e

    ;

    συντετρῆσθαι τὰ πελάγη Str.7.5.9

    ;

    συντέτρηνται [αἱ κοιλίαι] πρὸς τὸν πλεύμονα Arist.HA 513a35

    ;

    συντετρῆσθαι τὴν ὄσφρησιν τῷ στόματι Id.Pr. 907b28

    , cf. 963b7;

    οὐκ εἰς τὴν ψυχήν, ἀλλ' εἰς τὴν γλῶτταν ἡ ἀκοὴ συντέτρηται Plu.2.502d

    ; συντετρημένων τῶν μυκτήρων connected by a passage, Arist.Resp. 474a21.
    II metaph., δι' ὤτων δὲ συντέτραινε μῦθον let the words pierce in through thy ears, A. l.c.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > συντετραίνω

  • 2 con

    prep.
    1 with.
    ¿con quién vas? who are you going with?
    lo ha conseguido con su esfuerzo he has achieved it through his own efforts
    una cartera con varios documentos a briefcase containing several documents
    con el tiempo lo olvidé in time I forgot it
    2 in spite of (a pesar de).
    con todo despite everything
    con lo estudioso que es, le suspendieron for all his hard work, they still failed him
    Está con mucho dolor He is in [with] a lot of pain.
    3 by.
    con hacerlo así by doing it this way
    con salir a las diez es suficiente if we leave at ten, we'll have plenty of time
    * * *
    1 (instrumento, medio) with
    2 (modo, circunstancia) in, with
    ■ ¿vas a salir con este frío? are you going out in this cold?
    ■ me gustas con ese vestido you look nice in that dress, I like that dress on you
    3 (juntamente, en compañía) with
    7 (comparación) compared to
    8 (a pesar de) in spite of, despite
    9 con + inf by + gerund
    10 (aunque) in spite of
    ■ con ser tan fuerte... in spite of being so strong...
    \
    con que / con tal de que / con tal que provided, as long as
    con todo (y eso) nevertheless, even so
    * * *
    prep.
    1) with
    2) to, towards
    •
    * * *
    PREP
    1) [indicando compañía, instrumento, medio] with

    ¿con quién vas a ir? — who are you going with?

    andar con muletas — to walk on o with crutches

    con el tiempo — in the course of time, with time

    2) [indicando características, estado]
    3) [indicando combinación] and
    4) [indicando contenido]

    encontraron una maleta con 800.000 dólares — they found a suitcase containing 800,000 dollars o with 800,000 dollars in it

    5) [indicando modo]

    estar con algo, estar con dolor de muelas/la pierna escayolada — to have toothache/one's leg in plaster

    con mucho gusto — certainly, by all means

    6) [como complemento personal de algunos verbos] to

    ¿con quién hablas? — who are you speaking to?

    se ha casado con Jesús — she's married Jesús, she's got married to Jesús

    7) [tras adjetivos] to, towards

    amable con todos — kind to o towards everybody

    8) [con decimales]

    once con siete — [11,7] eleven point seven ( 11.7)

    9) (=pese a) in spite of

    con tantas dificultades, no se descorazonó — in spite of all o for all the difficulties he didn't lose heart

    con ser su madre, le odia — even though she is his mother she hates him

    con todo (y con eso), la gente se lo pasó bien — in spite of everything, people had a good time

    10) [en exclamaciones]

    ¡vaya con el niño! — * the cheeky monkey! *

    ¡con lo bien que se está aquí! — and it's so nice here too!

    no me dejó ni un trocito, con lo que me gustan esos caramelos — he didn't even let me have a tiny piece, and he knows how much I like those sweets

    11) [indicando una condición]
    a) + infin

    con decirle que no voy, se arreglará todo — when I tell him I'm not going, everything will be fine

    b)

    con que + subjun —

    con que me invite, me conformo — as long as o provided that she invites me, I don't mind

    tal 3., 4)
    * * *
    1)
    a) (expresando relaciones de compañía, comunicación, reciprocidad) with
    b) (indicando el objeto de comportamiento, actitud)
    2)

    ¿cómo vamos a ir con esta lluvia? — how can we go in this rain?

    ella se lo ofreció, con lo que or con lo cual me puso a mí en un aprieto — she offered it to him, which put me in an awkward position

    ¿no lo vas a llevar, con lo que le gusta el circo? — aren't you going to take him? you know how much he likes the circus

    con lo tarde que es, ya se debe haber ido — it's really late, he should have gone by now

    con todo lo que tengo que hacer! — on top of everything else I have to do!; todo III 2)

    3)
    a) (indicando instrumento, medio, material) with

    córtalo con la tijera — cut it with the scissors, use the scissors to cut it

    caray con la niña (or el vecino, etc)! — well would you believe it!

    con + inf: con llorar no se arregla nada crying won't solve anything; con llamarlo por teléfono ya cumples if o as long as you call him, that should do; con decirte que... I mean, to give you an example...; me contento con que apruebes — as long as you pass I'll be happy; tal III 2)

    b) ( indicando modo) with
    c) (al describir características, un estado)

    ¿vas a ir con ese vestido? — are you going in that dress?

    4) (AmL) (indicando el agente, destinatario)
    * * *
    = by use of, with, WITH, possessed of, what with, not without, featuring.
    Ex. By use of the code 'p' on the saved document summary screen you can request than one of the saved document lists be printed.
    Ex. Photographs are normally kept in drawers of standard filing cabinets, with folders or pockets, or both.
    Ex. WITH retrieves records in which two (or more) terms appear in the same field.
    Ex. Possessed of a phenomenal memory and a perpetual smile, this paragon always is ready to meet the public without losing balance or a sense of humor.
    Ex. What with Consuelo Feng in tears and Bernice Washington very pale, and startled, all was incomprehensible.
    Ex. It has shown that the technology can work, but not without problems.
    Ex. The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.
    ----
    * acoger con entusiasmo = greet + warmly.
    * andar con cuidado = tread + lightly.
    * asintiendo con entusiasmo = in eager assent.
    * con abundantes dorados = heavily gilt.
    * con afabilidad = good-naturedly.
    * con afán = earnestly.
    * con afecto = fondly, affectionately.
    * con agallas = spunky.
    * con agilidad = nimbly.
    * con agradecimiento = gratefully.
    * con agudeza = perceptively, subtly.
    * con ahínco = diligently, industriously.
    * con aire acondicionado = air conditioned.
    * con alas = winged.
    * con alborozo = mirthfully.
    * con alegría = joyously, gleefully.
    * con algoritmos = algorithmically.
    * con alimentación manual = hand-fed.
    * con altanería = superciliously, haughtily.
    * con altibajos = chequered [checkered, -USA].
    * con amabilidad = graciously.
    * con amargura = bitterly.
    * con amor no correspondido = lovelorn.
    * con anotaciones = scripted.
    * con ansias de conquistar el mundo = world-conquering.
    * con ansias de leer = reading-desirous.
    * con ansias de poder = power-hungry.
    * con ansiedad = eagerly, with bated breath.
    * con antelación = beforehand, ahead of time.
    * con antelación a = in anticipation of, in advance (of), prior to.
    * con anterioridad a = pre, prior to, before the days of.
    * con anterioridad a la contratación = pre-employment [preemployment].
    * con añoranza = longingly, wistfully.
    * con apatía = listlessly.
    * con aplicación = industriously, studiously.
    * con aprensión = apprehensively.
    * con aprobación = approvingly.
    * con ardor = ardently.
    * con armonía = harmoniously.
    * con arrogancia = superciliously, haughtily.
    * con asco = disgustedly.
    * con asiduidad = assiduously.
    * con aspecto de adulto = adult-looking.
    * con astucia = by cunning, astutely, slyly, shrewdly, cannily.
    * con atención = attentively.
    * con audacia = boldly.
    * con autoridad = authoritative, authoritatively.
    * con avances = stepped-up.
    * con avaricia = rapaciously.
    * con baño = en suite, en-suite bathroom, en-suite bath, en-suite facilities.
    * con barba = bearded.
    * con base de arena = sand-based.
    * con base empírica = empirically-based.
    * con base en = based in.
    * con bastante antelación = well in advance, far in advance.
    * con bastante frecuencia = quite frequently, fairly often.
    * con basura por el suelo = littered.
    * con bisagras = hinged.
    * con botones = buttoned, buttoned-up.
    * con botones por detrás = back-buttoning.
    * con brotes = budded.
    * con buena fama = respected.
    * con buena reputación = respected, reputable.
    * con buenas conexiones = well-connected.
    * con buenas intenciones = well meant, in good faith, well-intentioned, well-intended, well-meaning.
    * con buen gusto = tastefully.
    * con buen humor = good-humouredly.
    * con buenos contactos = well-connected.
    * con buenos modales = politely.
    * con bultos = lumpiness.
    * con burbujas = carbonated.
    * con cable = corded.
    * con cafeina = caffeinated.
    * con cajero = cashiered.
    * con calefacción = heated.
    * con calefacción central = centrally heated.
    * con calma = calmly, leisurely, tranquilly.
    * con capucha = hooded.
    * con cara de cansado = bleary-eyed.
    * con cara de sueño = bleary-eyed.
    * con cargo a = to be debited to, to be charged to.
    * con cargo de conciencia = remorseful.
    * con cariño = fondly, affectionately.
    * con carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].
    * con cautela = cautiously, warily, with a grain of salt.
    * con certeza = for sure, with assurance, for certain.
    * con chasis fabricado por separado del bastidor = coachbuilt [coach-built].
    * con cierta comodidad = with some ease.
    * con cierta facilidad = with some ease.
    * con cierta formación = educated.
    * con cierta frecuencia = not uncommonly.
    * con cierto detalle = at some length.
    * con cierto gasto = at some expense.
    * con cinismo = cynically.
    * con cintura de avispa = wasp-waisted.
    * con claustros = cloistered.
    * con clavos = hobnailed.
    * con cobro = fee-based.
    * con codicia = rapaciously.
    * con cola = caudate.
    * con cola espesa = bushy-tailed.
    * con cola tupida = bushy-tailed.
    * con cólicos = colicky newborn.
    * con columnas corintias = Corinthian-columned.
    * con comodidad = with ease, easily.
    * con comprensión = sympathetically.
    * con compromisos = strings attached.
    * con condiciones especiales = strings attached.
    * con confianza = confidently, with confidence, trustingly, trustfully.
    * con confianza en uno mismo = self-confident.
    * con conocimiento = authoritatively.
    * con conocimiento básico en el manejo de la información = information literate [information-literate].
    * con conocimiento básico en el uso de la biblioteca = library literate [library-literate].
    * con conocimiento de = appreciative of, conversant with.
    * con conocimiento de causa = knowingly.
    * con conocimiento de informática = computer literate [computer-literate].
    * con conocimiento en el uso de Internet = Internet-savvy.
    * con conocimientos en = versed in.
    * con conocimientos sobre el correo electrónico = e-mail literate.
    * con consecuencias fatales = fatally.
    * con consentimiento = willing.
    * con contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.
    * con control atmosférico = atmospherically-controlled.
    * con copyright = copyright-protected.
    * con corazón de piedra = stony-hearted.
    * con corrientes de aire = draughty [drafty, -USA].
    * con cortesía = courteously.
    * con costras = caked.
    * con creces = amply, far + Verbo.
    * con créditos = credit-carrying.
    * con criterio = discerning.
    * con cualidades humanas = anthropomorphic.
    * con cuanta creatividad = how creatively.
    * con cuernos = horned.
    * con cuidado = gently, carefully.
    * con cúpula = domed.
    * con datos no pertinentes = dirty [dirtier -comp., dirtiest -sup.].
    * con decisión = decisively.
    * con dedos pegajosos = sticky-fingered.
    * con deferencia = dutifully.
    * con deleite = with gusto.
    * con delicadeza = delicately, gently.
    * con demasiada facilidad = all too easily.
    * con demasiada frecuencia = all too often, all too frequently, too often.
    * con demasiadas expectativas = over expectant.
    * con demasiados miramientos = mealy-mouthed.
    * con demasiado trabajo = overworked.
    * con demasidad facilidad = all too easy.
    * con derecho a voto = eligible to vote.
    * con derecho de autor = copyright-protected.
    * con derechos de autor = copyrightable, royalty-paid.
    * con desaliento = despondently, dispiritedly, hopelessly.
    * con desánimo = dejectedly, despondently.
    * con desaprobación = disapproving, disapprovingly.
    * con descaro = impudently.
    * con desconfianza = suspiciously.
    * con descuento = at a discount, discounted, cut-price, cut-rate.
    * con desenfado = lightheartedly.
    * con desesperación = dispiritedly, hopelessly.
    * con desfachatez = impudently.
    * con desgana = listlessly, reluctantly, unwillingly.
    * con destino a = to.
    * con destreza = nimbly, adeptly, with ease.
    * con detalle = at a detailed level, in detail.
    * con determinación = with purpose, single-mindedly, purposefully, steadfastly.
    * con dientes de conejo = bucktoothed.
    * con dientes de sierra = serrated.
    * con dientes salidos = bucktoothed.
    * con diferencia = by far.
    * con diferentes variaciones = in variation.
    * con dificultad = laboriously, with difficulty.
    * con dificultades = in difficulties.
    * con diligencia = sedulously, industriously, studiously.
    * con dinamismo = proactively [pro-actively], vivaciously.
    * con diplomacia = diplomatically.
    * con discapacidades físicas = physically challenged.
    * con disimulo = on the quiet, on the sly.
    * con doble acristalamiento = double-glazed.
    * con doble titulación = dually qualified.
    * con dos caras = double-faced.
    * con dos facetas = double-faced.
    * con dudas = uncertainly.
    * con dudosa reputación = disreputable.
    * con dureza = harshly.
    * con efecto desde + Fecha = with effect from + Fecha.
    * con eficacia = ably.
    * con eficiencia = ably.
    * con efusión = effusively.
    * con ejemplos = by example(s).
    * con él = therewith.
    * con el agua al cuello = in hot water.
    * con el agua hasta el cuello = in deep water.
    * con el alma en vilo = on tenterhooks.
    * con el ánimo de = in the spirit of.
    * con el ceño fruncido = with a frown.
    * con el conocimiento de que = on the understanding that.
    * con el corazón destrozado = broken-hearted.
    * con el corazón en la boca = on tenterhooks.
    * con el corazón en un puño = on tenterhooks.
    * con el corazón partido = broken-hearted.
    * con el corazón roto = broken-hearted.
    * con el correr del tiempo = over the years, in the process of time, with the passage of time.
    * con el culo al aire = out in the cold.
    * con el debido respeto = with due respect.
    * con el decursar del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time.
    * con elegancia = elegantly, gracefully.
    * con el emblema = under the banner.
    * con el fin de = in order to.
    * con ello = in doing so, in the process, thereto.
    * con ellos = with them.
    * con el más sumo cuidado = with utmost care.
    * con el mayor cuidado = with utmost care.
    * con el mayor secreto = a veil of secrecy.
    * con el mismo = therewith.
    * con el mismo + Nombre + como el que... = as + Adverbio + as....
    * con el mismo planteamiento que = on the same lines as.
    * con el nacimiento de = at the dawn of.
    * con el nombre y dirección del remitente = self-addressed.
    * con el número = numbered.
    * con el objetivo de = with the purpose of, with a brief to, with the aim of, with a focus on.
    * con el objeto de = in the attempt to, in the drive to, in a drive to.
    * con el paso de = with the passing of.
    * con el paso de los años = with the passing of (the) years.
    * con el paso del tiempo = over the years, over time, with the passage of time, in due course, over a period of time, in the course of time, over the course of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time went by.
    * con el pie deformado = clubfooted.
    * con el pretexto de = under the guise of, under the flag of, in the guise of.
    * con el primer intento = at the first shot.
    * con el propósito de = with the purpose of, with the aim of, in the drive to, in a drive to.
    * con el propósito de superarse uno mismo = self-improvement-oriented.
    * con el rabo entre las piernas = with a flea in + Posesivo + ear.
    * con el sudor de + Posesivo + frente = by the sweat of + Posesivo + brow.
    * con el suelo de tierra = dirt-floored.
    * con el tiempo = in time, over the years, with time, with the passage of time, eventually, in due course, over a period of time, in due time, over time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time goes by, as time went by, by and by.
    * con el título = entitled.
    * con el transcurrir del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by).
    * con el transcurso de = with the passing of.
    * con el transcurso de los años = over the years, with the passing of (the) years.
    * con el transcurso de los siglos = over the course of the centuries.
    * con el transcurso del tiempo = over time, with time, with age, in the course of time, over the course of time, as time passes (by), as time went by.
    * con el uso = in use, with use.
    * con encimera de mármol = marble-top.
    * con energía = powerfully.
    * con enfado = angrily.
    * con enfermedades mentales = mentally challenged.
    * con entusiasmo = eagerly, enthusiastically, rhapsodically, wholeheartedly [whole-heartedly].
    * con entusiasmo en los ojos = bright-eyed.
    * con errores = flawed.
    * con errores gramaticales = grammatically challenged, grammatically incorrect.
    * con escamas = flaky.
    * con ese fin = to that end.
    * con esmero = sedulously, studiously.
    * con eso = thereto, by this.
    * con esperanza = in hopeful expectation.
    * con espíritu deportivo = sportingly.
    * con este fin = to this end, to that effect.
    * con estilo = stylish.
    * con esto = by so doing, in so doing, in this, herewith, by doing so, by this, in doing so.
    * con estructura de acero = steel-framed.
    * con estructura de madera = timber-framed.
    * con estudios = schooled, educated.
    * con exactitud = precisely.
    * con excepción de = with the exception of, except for.
    * con éxito = successful, successfully, winningly.
    * con expectación = expectantly.
    * con experiencia = experienced.
    * con experiencia ampliamente demostrada = proven.
    * con experiencia profesional = professionally-qualified.
    * con exuberancia = lushly.
    * con facilidad = without difficulty, fluently, with ease, easily.
    * con fascinación = rhapsodically.
    * con fecha = dated, dated.
    * con fecha + Fecha = dated + Fecha.
    * con ferocidad = ferociously.
    * con figuras en movimiento = animated.
    * con filtros = filtered.
    * con financiación independiente = self-funded.
    * con financiación propia = self-funded.
    * con fines + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * con fines lucrativos = profit-making, profit-orientated, profit-oriented, profit-generating.
    * con firma = signed.
    * con firmeza = assertively, resolutely, firmly, unshakably, staunchly.
    * con flexibilidad = flexibly.
    * con fluidez = fluent, fluently.
    * con forma de castillo = castellated.
    * con forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].
    * con forma de pelo = hair-like.
    * con forma de pera = pear-shaped.
    * con forma de pirámide = trihedral, pyramidal-shaped.
    * con forma de tetraedro = trihedral.
    * con forma de U = U-shaped.
    * con forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.
    * con franqueza = frankly.
    * con frecuencia = frequently, often [oftener -comp., oftenest -sup.], oftentimes [often times], ofttimes [oft-times].
    * con frondosidad = lushly.
    * con fuertes aspiraciones profesionales = upward-mobile.
    * con fuerza = forcefully, vigourously [vigorously, -USA], powerfully.
    * con funda = jacketed.
    * con fundamentos = informed.
    * con fundamentos sólidos = well-considered.
    * con furia = with a vengeance, furiously.
    * con futuro = up-and-coming.
    * con gafas = bespectacled.
    * con ganas = with gusto.
    * con ganas de pelear = on the warpath.
    * con garantías de calidad = quality assured.
    * con gas = carbonated.
    * con generosidad = generously, unstintingly.
    * con goteras = leaking, leaky [leakier -comp., leakiest -sup].
    * con gracia = wittily, funnily.
    * con gran capacidad = capacious.
    * con gran colorido = brightly coloured.
    * con gran densidad de población = densely populated.
    * con gran dificultad = with great difficulty.
    * con grandilocuencia = grandly.
    * con gran esplendor = grandly.
    * con gran iluminación = brightly illuminated.
    * con gran motivación = highly-motivated.
    * con gran sentimiento = earnestly.
    * con gratitud = gratefully.
    * con gravedad = grimly.
    * con guión = hyphenated.
    * con gusto = happily, satisfyingly, stylish, willingly.
    * con habilidad = adeptly.
    * con hambre de poder = power-hungry.
    * con hastial = gabled.
    * con heridas superficiales = superficially wounded.
    * con honestidad = honestly.
    * con humildad = humbly.
    * con humor = humorously.
    * con ilusión = eagerly.
    * con imágenes en movimiento = animated.
    * con imaginación = imaginatively.
    * con impaciencia = with bated breath.
    * con impasibilidad = impassively.
    * con impunidad = with impunity.
    * con incredulidad = incredulously.
    * con independencia de = in spite of, despite, although, despite the fact that, in spite of the fact that.
    * con indiferencia = indifferently, casually.
    * con indignación = disgustedly, indignantly.
    * con indulgencia = leniently.
    * con información = information-bearing.
    * con iniciativa = proactively [pro-actively], proactive [pro-active], enterprising.
    * con inocencia = innocently.
    * con insistencia = insistently.
    * con insolencia = impudently.
    * con intencionalidad = calculated.
    * con intenciones ocultas = agenda-laden.
    * con intereses ocultos = agenda-laden.
    * con intereses propios = self-interested.
    * con interrupciones = discontinuous, episodic.
    * con intervención directa = obtrusive.
    * con ira = angrily.
    * con júbilo = joyously, gleefully.
    * con juicio de valor = value-loaded.
    * con la anchura de los hombros = shoulder-width.
    * con la ayuda de = under the guidance of.
    * con la cabeza en las nubes = ditzy [ditzier -comp., ditziest -sup.], ditsy [ditsier -comp., ditsiest -sup.].
    * con la conciencia limpia = with a clear conscience.
    * con la conciencia tranquila = with a clear conscience.
    * con la condición de que = on the understanding that, with the condition that, on the condition that.
    * con la convicción de que = in the belief that/of, on the assumption that.
    * con la debida consideración = with due consideration.
    * con la debida cualificación = properly qualified.
    * con la edad = with age.
    * con la espalda contra la pared = up against the wall.
    * con la esperanza de = in hope(s) of, with the hope(s) of.
    * con la esperanza de que = in the hope(s) that, in hope(s) that.
    * con la excusa de = in the name of, under the mantle of, under the flag of, under the guise of, in the guise of.
    * con la expectativa de que = in hopeful expectation that.
    * con la extensión de un libro = book-length.
    * con la falda típica escocesa = kilted.
    * con la formación adecuada = adequately-trained.
    * con la frente en alto = stand + tall.
    * con lagañas en los ojos = bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].
    * con la imaginación = in imagination.
    * con la intención de = designing, with an eye toward(s), intending to, aimed at, purposefully, intended to, in the drive to, in a drive to.
    * con la intención de comunicar hechos = fact-communicating.
    * con la llegada de = with the advent of, with the arrival of.
    * con la mejor voluntad del mundo = in good faith.
    * con la mente despejada = clear-headed.
    * con la mirada en = with an eye toward(s).
    * con la mirada en blanco = blankly.
    * con la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.
    * con la mirada puesta en = with an eye on, in + Posesivo + sights.
    * con la misma altura que = the full height of.
    * con la portada hacia fuera = face-out.
    * con la punta de los pies mirando hacia dentro = pigeon-toed.
    * con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.
    * con las características similares a las de texto = text-like.
    * con lascivia = lustily.
    * con las dimensiones de una pared = wall-sized.
    * con las dos manos = two handed [two-handed].
    * con las espalda contra la pared = with + Posesivo + back against the wall.
    * con las esquinas dobladas = dog-eared.
    * con las garras fuera = knives-out.
    * con las manos muy largas = light-fingered.
    * con las manos vacías = empty-handed.
    * con las mejores intenciones = best-intentioned.
    * con la soga al cuello = in dire straits.
    * con las orejas gachas = with a flea in + Posesivo + ear, depressed.
    * con las rodillas mirando hacia dentro y los talones hacia fuera = knock-kneed.
    * con (la) suficiente antelación = in good time, early enough, well in advance.
    * con las uñas fuera = knives-out.
    * con lazos muy estrechos = close-knit.
    * con legañas en los ojos = bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].
    * con licencia para vender bebidas alcohólicas = licensed, licensed.
    * con limitación temporal = time-oriented.
    * con límites impuestos por uno mismo = self-limiting.
    * con llave = locked, locking.
    * con lo cual = whereupon.
    * con lo pies sobre la tierra = down-to-earth.
    * con los nervios a flor de piel = edgy [edgier -comp., edgiest -sup.], nervy [nervier -comp., nerviest -sup.], on edge, highly-strung.
    * con los nervios de punta = edgy [edgier -comp., edgiest -sup.], nervy [nervier -comp., nerviest -sup.], on edge.
    * con los ojos empañados = misty-eyed.
    * con los ojos hinchados = bleary-eyed.
    * con los ojos llorosos = misty-eyed, bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].
    * con los ojos nublados = misty-eyed.
    * con los ojos vendados = blindfold, blindfolded.
    * con los últimos avances = state-of-the-art, leading edge.
    * con lujuria = lustily.
    * con machetes = machete-wielding.
    * con madurez = maturely.
    * con magnanimidad = magnanimously.
    * con mala fama = disreputable.
    * con mala reputación = disreputable.
    * con maldad = ill-naturedly.
    * con malhumor = moodily.
    * con maña = skilfully [skillfully, -USA], skilful [skillful, -USA].
    * con marca = branded.
    * con más antigüedad = longest-serving.
    * con más detalle = in most detail, in more detail.
    * con más frecuencia = most frequently.
    * con más intensidad aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más razón aún = a fortiori.
    * con más vigor aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más virulencia aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más vitalidad = revitalised [revitalized, -USA].
    * con mayor detalle = in greater detail.
    * con mayor profundidad = in most detail, in more detail.
    * con meandros = meandering.
    * con mechones = streaky [streaker -comp., streakiest -sup.].
    * con medios insuficientes = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con medios muy escasos = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con medios muy exiguos = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con mejoras = stepped-up.
    * con melancolía = wistfully.
    * con miedo = fearfully, afraid, frightened.
    * con millones de ventas = megaselling.
    * con miras a (+ Infinitivo) = with a view to (+ Gerundio).
    * con miras al futuro = forward-looking.
    * con moderación = sparingly, in moderation.
    * con motivo de = on the occasion of.
    * con mucha ceremonia = ceremoniously.
    * con mucha cohesión = tightly knit, closely knit, tight-knit.
    * con mucha diferencia = by far.
    * con mucha energía = high energy.
    * con mucha frecuencia = very often.
    * con mucha información = populated.
    * con mucha labia = glibly, smooth-tongued, smooth-talking.
    * con mucha palabrería = glibly.
    * con mucha población = heavily populated.
    * con mucha pompa = ceremoniously.
    * con mucha prisa = without a minute to spare.
    * con muchas actividades = event-filled.
    * con muchas deudas = heavily indebted.
    * con muchas ilustraciones = copiously illustrated.
    * con muchas imágenes = image intensive.
    * con muchas prestaciones = feature-filled, multifacility.
    * con mucha vitalidad = lively [livelier -comp., liveliest -sup.].
    * con mucho = very much, far + Verbo, grossly, overwhelmingly, by far, by a long shot, by a long way, hands down.
    * con mucho ánimo = spiritedly.
    * con mucho bombo = ceremoniously.
    * con mucho contenido = information packed [information-packed].
    * con mucho esfuerzo = painfully.
    * con mucho éxito = with a wide appeal.
    * con mucho protocolo = ceremoniously.
    * con mucho público = well attended [well-attended].
    * con muchos acontecimientos = event-filled.
    * con muchos detalles = elaborately.
    * con muchos eventos = event-filled.
    * con muchos huesos y poca carne = bony [bonier -comp., boniest -sup.].
    * con muchos lectores = with a wide appeal.
    * con muchos miramientos = ceremoniously.
    * con mucho trabajo = painfully.
    * con muy poca antelación = at (a) very short notice.
    * con muy poca anticipación = at (a) very short notice.
    * con muy poca frecuencia = all too seldom, all too seldom.
    * con muy pocas excepciones = with few exceptions, with a few exceptions.
    * con muy pocos medios = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con naturalidad = unselfconsciously.
    * con nervios = rib.
    * con niebla = foggy [foggier -comp., foggiest -sup.].
    * con nosotros = with us.
    * con nostalgia = wistfully.
    * con notas a pie de página = footnoted.
    * con + Número + año(s) de antelación = Número + year(s) ahead.
    * con objetivos específicos = goal-oriented.
    * con objeto de = in order to, in an attempt to, in an effort to, aimed at, with the purpose of, in a bid to, with the aim of.
    * con objeto de hacer = toward(s).
    * con objeto de (+ Infinitivo) = with a view to (+ Gerundio).
    * con objeto de + Verbo = for the purpose of + Nombre.
    * con ocasión de = on the occasion of.
    * con ojos azules = blue-eyed.
    * con ojos brillantes = bright-eyed.
    * con ojos de lince = eagle-eyed, sharp-eyed.
    * con ojos vivarachos = bright-eyed.
    * con olor a ajo = garlicky.
    * con olor a cerrado = musty [mustier -comp., mustiest -sup.], mousy [mousier -comp., mousiest -sup.].
    * con olor a fruta = fruity [fruitier -comp., fruitiest -sup.].
    * con olor a humedad = musty [mustier -comp., mustiest -sup.], mousy [mousier -comp., mousiest -sup.].
    * con olor a orina = urinous.
    * con olor a polvo = dust smelling.
    * con orgullo = proudly.
    * con otra copa de lo mismo se te cura la resaca = a hair of the dog that bit you.
    * con paciencia = patiently.
    * con pagos pendientes = be in arrears.
    * con papel de calco intercalado = carbon interleaved paper.
    * con participación del público mediante llamada telefónica = phone-in.
    * con pasión = with passion, passionately.
    * con patas = legged.
    * con peligro de muerte = life threatening.
    * con pelo cano = gray-haired, grey-haired.
    * con pelos y señales = blow-by-blow.
    * con pequeños matices = nuanced.
    * con pereza = lazily.
    * con perplejidad = quizzically, perplexedly.
    * con perspicacia = perceptively.
    * con pesar = with regret.
    * con pesimismo = pessimistically, gloomily.
    * con picardía = slyly, wickedly.
    * con pie firme = sure-footed.
    * con piernas = legged.
    * con pinzas = with a grain of salt, clamp-on.
    * con planes ocultos = agenda-laden.
    * con pleno derecho = with full rights.
    * con pliegues = pleated.
    * con poca claridad = indistinctly.
    * con poca exactitud = loosely.
    * con poca experiencia = inexperienced.
    * con poca iluminación = dimly illuminated.
    * con poca imaginación = unimaginatively.
    * con poca luz = badly-lit.
    * con poca naturalidad = stiltedly.
    * con poca población = thinly populated.
    * con pocas habilidades = poor-ability.
    * con poca visión de futuro = short-sighted [shortsighted].
    * con poco conocimiento de las nuevas tecnologías = technologically challenged.
    * con poco dinero = on the cheap.
    * con poco entusiasmo = half-heartedly.
    * con pocos recursos = under-resourced.
    * con pocos recursos económicos = low-budget.
    * con poder = powerful.
    * con + Posesivo + ayuda = under + Posesivo + guidance.
    * con posibilidades comerciales = commercially viable.
    * con posterioridad a = subsequent to.
    * con posterioridad a la contratación = post-employment [postemployment].
    * con precipitación = rashly.
    * con precisión = precisely.
    * con preferencia = preferably.
    * con preferencia sobre = in preference to.
    * con prejuicios = prejudicial.
    * con prepotencia = superciliously, haughtily.
    * con pretensiones de superioridad moral = self-righteous.
    * con principios = principled.
    * con prisa = in a rush, in a hurry.
    * con problemas = in hot water.
    * con problemas de aprendizaje = learning disabled.
    * con problemas de lectura = print disabled.
    * con problemas de vista = vision impaired.
    * con problemas visuales = vision impaired.
    * con profusión = in profusion.
    * con prontitud = expeditiously, promptly.
    * con provecho = with profit.
    * con púas = spiny [spinier -comp., spiniest -sup.].
    * con rabo = caudate.
    * con ráfagas de viento = blustery.
    * con rapacidad = rapaciously.
    * con rapidez = promptly.
    * con razón = rightly, quite rightly, understandably, rightfully.
    * con rebeldía = defiantly.
    * con referencia = re.
    * con referencia a = in relation to, in connection with, regarding.
    * con referencias espaciales = spatially referenced.
    * con regocijo = gleefully.
    * con regularidad = regularly.
    * con relación a = as regards, re, in relation to, in connection with, regarding, concerning.
    * con rencor = spitefully.
    * con reproche = reprovingly, reproachfully.
    * con repugnancia = disgustedly.
    * con resentimiento = resentfully, spitefully.
    * con reserva = doubtfully.
    * con reservas = qualified, with reservations.
    * con resignación = resignedly, uncomplainingly.
    * con resolución = resolutely.
    * con respecto a = concerning, in regard to, regarding, regarding, vis à vis, with regard(s) to, with respect to, within, as to, in extent of, in terms of, in the way of, as for, as regards, in relation to, in comparison with, in comparison to, as to the matter of, in reference to, now as to.
    * con respecto a si... o... = as to whether... or....
    * con respeto = respectfully.
    * con responsabilidad = responsibly.
    * con retraso mental = mentally retarded.
    * con rigor = rigourously [rigorously, -USA], harshly.
    * con ruedas = wheeled.
    * con rumbo a = bound for.
    * con sabiduría = sagely.
    * con sabor = flavoured [flavored, -USA].
    * con sabor a ajo = garlicky.
    * con sabor a fruta = fruity [fruitier -comp., fruitiest -sup.].
    * con sabor artificial = artificially flavoured.
    * con sagacidad = shrewdly.
    * con saldo = prepaid [pre-paid].
    * con salida al mercado = due out.
    * con sarcasmo = sardonically, pungently.
    * con satisfacción = contentedly.
    * con sed = thirsty [thirstier -comp., thirstiest -sup.].
    * con sed de poder = power-hungry.
    * con sede en = headquartered (at/in), based in.
    [b]* con sede en Amér
    * * *
    1)
    a) (expresando relaciones de compañía, comunicación, reciprocidad) with
    b) (indicando el objeto de comportamiento, actitud)
    2)

    ¿cómo vamos a ir con esta lluvia? — how can we go in this rain?

    ella se lo ofreció, con lo que or con lo cual me puso a mí en un aprieto — she offered it to him, which put me in an awkward position

    ¿no lo vas a llevar, con lo que le gusta el circo? — aren't you going to take him? you know how much he likes the circus

    con lo tarde que es, ya se debe haber ido — it's really late, he should have gone by now

    con todo lo que tengo que hacer! — on top of everything else I have to do!; todo III 2)

    3)
    a) (indicando instrumento, medio, material) with

    córtalo con la tijera — cut it with the scissors, use the scissors to cut it

    caray con la niña (or el vecino, etc)! — well would you believe it!

    con + inf: con llorar no se arregla nada crying won't solve anything; con llamarlo por teléfono ya cumples if o as long as you call him, that should do; con decirte que... I mean, to give you an example...; me contento con que apruebes — as long as you pass I'll be happy; tal III 2)

    b) ( indicando modo) with
    c) (al describir características, un estado)

    ¿vas a ir con ese vestido? — are you going in that dress?

    4) (AmL) (indicando el agente, destinatario)
    * * *
    = by use of, with, WITH, possessed of, what with, not without, featuring.

    Ex: By use of the code 'p' on the saved document summary screen you can request than one of the saved document lists be printed.

    Ex: Photographs are normally kept in drawers of standard filing cabinets, with folders or pockets, or both.
    Ex: WITH retrieves records in which two (or more) terms appear in the same field.
    Ex: Possessed of a phenomenal memory and a perpetual smile, this paragon always is ready to meet the public without losing balance or a sense of humor.
    Ex: What with Consuelo Feng in tears and Bernice Washington very pale, and startled, all was incomprehensible.
    Ex: It has shown that the technology can work, but not without problems.
    Ex: The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.
    * acoger con entusiasmo = greet + warmly.
    * andar con cuidado = tread + lightly.
    * asintiendo con entusiasmo = in eager assent.
    * con abundantes dorados = heavily gilt.
    * con afabilidad = good-naturedly.
    * con afán = earnestly.
    * con afecto = fondly, affectionately.
    * con agallas = spunky.
    * con agilidad = nimbly.
    * con agradecimiento = gratefully.
    * con agudeza = perceptively, subtly.
    * con ahínco = diligently, industriously.
    * con aire acondicionado = air conditioned.
    * con alas = winged.
    * con alborozo = mirthfully.
    * con alegría = joyously, gleefully.
    * con algoritmos = algorithmically.
    * con alimentación manual = hand-fed.
    * con altanería = superciliously, haughtily.
    * con altibajos = chequered [checkered, -USA].
    * con amabilidad = graciously.
    * con amargura = bitterly.
    * con amor no correspondido = lovelorn.
    * con anotaciones = scripted.
    * con ansias de conquistar el mundo = world-conquering.
    * con ansias de leer = reading-desirous.
    * con ansias de poder = power-hungry.
    * con ansiedad = eagerly, with bated breath.
    * con antelación = beforehand, ahead of time.
    * con antelación a = in anticipation of, in advance (of), prior to.
    * con anterioridad a = pre, prior to, before the days of.
    * con anterioridad a la contratación = pre-employment [preemployment].
    * con añoranza = longingly, wistfully.
    * con apatía = listlessly.
    * con aplicación = industriously, studiously.
    * con aprensión = apprehensively.
    * con aprobación = approvingly.
    * con ardor = ardently.
    * con armonía = harmoniously.
    * con arrogancia = superciliously, haughtily.
    * con asco = disgustedly.
    * con asiduidad = assiduously.
    * con aspecto de adulto = adult-looking.
    * con astucia = by cunning, astutely, slyly, shrewdly, cannily.
    * con atención = attentively.
    * con audacia = boldly.
    * con autoridad = authoritative, authoritatively.
    * con avances = stepped-up.
    * con avaricia = rapaciously.
    * con baño = en suite, en-suite bathroom, en-suite bath, en-suite facilities.
    * con barba = bearded.
    * con base de arena = sand-based.
    * con base empírica = empirically-based.
    * con base en = based in.
    * con bastante antelación = well in advance, far in advance.
    * con bastante frecuencia = quite frequently, fairly often.
    * con basura por el suelo = littered.
    * con bisagras = hinged.
    * con botones = buttoned, buttoned-up.
    * con botones por detrás = back-buttoning.
    * con brotes = budded.
    * con buena fama = respected.
    * con buena reputación = respected, reputable.
    * con buenas conexiones = well-connected.
    * con buenas intenciones = well meant, in good faith, well-intentioned, well-intended, well-meaning.
    * con buen gusto = tastefully.
    * con buen humor = good-humouredly.
    * con buenos contactos = well-connected.
    * con buenos modales = politely.
    * con bultos = lumpiness.
    * con burbujas = carbonated.
    * con cable = corded.
    * con cafeina = caffeinated.
    * con cajero = cashiered.
    * con calefacción = heated.
    * con calefacción central = centrally heated.
    * con calma = calmly, leisurely, tranquilly.
    * con capucha = hooded.
    * con cara de cansado = bleary-eyed.
    * con cara de sueño = bleary-eyed.
    * con cargo a = to be debited to, to be charged to.
    * con cargo de conciencia = remorseful.
    * con cariño = fondly, affectionately.
    * con carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].
    * con cautela = cautiously, warily, with a grain of salt.
    * con certeza = for sure, with assurance, for certain.
    * con chasis fabricado por separado del bastidor = coachbuilt [coach-built].
    * con cierta comodidad = with some ease.
    * con cierta facilidad = with some ease.
    * con cierta formación = educated.
    * con cierta frecuencia = not uncommonly.
    * con cierto detalle = at some length.
    * con cierto gasto = at some expense.
    * con cinismo = cynically.
    * con cintura de avispa = wasp-waisted.
    * con claustros = cloistered.
    * con clavos = hobnailed.
    * con cobro = fee-based.
    * con codicia = rapaciously.
    * con cola = caudate.
    * con cola espesa = bushy-tailed.
    * con cola tupida = bushy-tailed.
    * con cólicos = colicky newborn.
    * con columnas corintias = Corinthian-columned.
    * con comodidad = with ease, easily.
    * con comprensión = sympathetically.
    * con compromisos = strings attached.
    * con condiciones especiales = strings attached.
    * con confianza = confidently, with confidence, trustingly, trustfully.
    * con confianza en uno mismo = self-confident.
    * con conocimiento = authoritatively.
    * con conocimiento básico en el manejo de la información = information literate [information-literate].
    * con conocimiento básico en el uso de la biblioteca = library literate [library-literate].
    * con conocimiento de = appreciative of, conversant with.
    * con conocimiento de causa = knowingly.
    * con conocimiento de informática = computer literate [computer-literate].
    * con conocimiento en el uso de Internet = Internet-savvy.
    * con conocimientos en = versed in.
    * con conocimientos sobre el correo electrónico = e-mail literate.
    * con consecuencias fatales = fatally.
    * con consentimiento = willing.
    * con contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.
    * con control atmosférico = atmospherically-controlled.
    * con copyright = copyright-protected.
    * con corazón de piedra = stony-hearted.
    * con corrientes de aire = draughty [drafty, -USA].
    * con cortesía = courteously.
    * con costras = caked.
    * con creces = amply, far + Verbo.
    * con créditos = credit-carrying.
    * con criterio = discerning.
    * con cualidades humanas = anthropomorphic.
    * con cuanta creatividad = how creatively.
    * con cuernos = horned.
    * con cuidado = gently, carefully.
    * con cúpula = domed.
    * con datos no pertinentes = dirty [dirtier -comp., dirtiest -sup.].
    * con decisión = decisively.
    * con dedos pegajosos = sticky-fingered.
    * con deferencia = dutifully.
    * con deleite = with gusto.
    * con delicadeza = delicately, gently.
    * con demasiada facilidad = all too easily.
    * con demasiada frecuencia = all too often, all too frequently, too often.
    * con demasiadas expectativas = over expectant.
    * con demasiados miramientos = mealy-mouthed.
    * con demasiado trabajo = overworked.
    * con demasidad facilidad = all too easy.
    * con derecho a voto = eligible to vote.
    * con derecho de autor = copyright-protected.
    * con derechos de autor = copyrightable, royalty-paid.
    * con desaliento = despondently, dispiritedly, hopelessly.
    * con desánimo = dejectedly, despondently.
    * con desaprobación = disapproving, disapprovingly.
    * con descaro = impudently.
    * con desconfianza = suspiciously.
    * con descuento = at a discount, discounted, cut-price, cut-rate.
    * con desenfado = lightheartedly.
    * con desesperación = dispiritedly, hopelessly.
    * con desfachatez = impudently.
    * con desgana = listlessly, reluctantly, unwillingly.
    * con destino a = to.
    * con destreza = nimbly, adeptly, with ease.
    * con detalle = at a detailed level, in detail.
    * con determinación = with purpose, single-mindedly, purposefully, steadfastly.
    * con dientes de conejo = bucktoothed.
    * con dientes de sierra = serrated.
    * con dientes salidos = bucktoothed.
    * con diferencia = by far.
    * con diferentes variaciones = in variation.
    * con dificultad = laboriously, with difficulty.
    * con dificultades = in difficulties.
    * con diligencia = sedulously, industriously, studiously.
    * con dinamismo = proactively [pro-actively], vivaciously.
    * con diplomacia = diplomatically.
    * con discapacidades físicas = physically challenged.
    * con disimulo = on the quiet, on the sly.
    * con doble acristalamiento = double-glazed.
    * con doble titulación = dually qualified.
    * con dos caras = double-faced.
    * con dos facetas = double-faced.
    * con dudas = uncertainly.
    * con dudosa reputación = disreputable.
    * con dureza = harshly.
    * con efecto desde + Fecha = with effect from + Fecha.
    * con eficacia = ably.
    * con eficiencia = ably.
    * con efusión = effusively.
    * con ejemplos = by example(s).
    * con él = therewith.
    * con el agua al cuello = in hot water.
    * con el agua hasta el cuello = in deep water.
    * con el alma en vilo = on tenterhooks.
    * con el ánimo de = in the spirit of.
    * con el ceño fruncido = with a frown.
    * con el conocimiento de que = on the understanding that.
    * con el corazón destrozado = broken-hearted.
    * con el corazón en la boca = on tenterhooks.
    * con el corazón en un puño = on tenterhooks.
    * con el corazón partido = broken-hearted.
    * con el corazón roto = broken-hearted.
    * con el correr del tiempo = over the years, in the process of time, with the passage of time.
    * con el culo al aire = out in the cold.
    * con el debido respeto = with due respect.
    * con el decursar del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time.
    * con elegancia = elegantly, gracefully.
    * con el emblema = under the banner.
    * con el fin de = in order to.
    * con ello = in doing so, in the process, thereto.
    * con ellos = with them.
    * con el más sumo cuidado = with utmost care.
    * con el mayor cuidado = with utmost care.
    * con el mayor secreto = a veil of secrecy.
    * con el mismo = therewith.
    * con el mismo + Nombre + como el que... = as + Adverbio + as....
    * con el mismo planteamiento que = on the same lines as.
    * con el nacimiento de = at the dawn of.
    * con el nombre y dirección del remitente = self-addressed.
    * con el número = numbered.
    * con el objetivo de = with the purpose of, with a brief to, with the aim of, with a focus on.
    * con el objeto de = in the attempt to, in the drive to, in a drive to.
    * con el paso de = with the passing of.
    * con el paso de los años = with the passing of (the) years.
    * con el paso del tiempo = over the years, over time, with the passage of time, in due course, over a period of time, in the course of time, over the course of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time went by.
    * con el pie deformado = clubfooted.
    * con el pretexto de = under the guise of, under the flag of, in the guise of.
    * con el primer intento = at the first shot.
    * con el propósito de = with the purpose of, with the aim of, in the drive to, in a drive to.
    * con el propósito de superarse uno mismo = self-improvement-oriented.
    * con el rabo entre las piernas = with a flea in + Posesivo + ear.
    * con el sudor de + Posesivo + frente = by the sweat of + Posesivo + brow.
    * con el suelo de tierra = dirt-floored.
    * con el tiempo = in time, over the years, with time, with the passage of time, eventually, in due course, over a period of time, in due time, over time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time goes by, as time went by, by and by.
    * con el título = entitled.
    * con el transcurrir del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by).
    * con el transcurso de = with the passing of.
    * con el transcurso de los años = over the years, with the passing of (the) years.
    * con el transcurso de los siglos = over the course of the centuries.
    * con el transcurso del tiempo = over time, with time, with age, in the course of time, over the course of time, as time passes (by), as time went by.
    * con el uso = in use, with use.
    * con encimera de mármol = marble-top.
    * con energía = powerfully.
    * con enfado = angrily.
    * con enfermedades mentales = mentally challenged.
    * con entusiasmo = eagerly, enthusiastically, rhapsodically, wholeheartedly [whole-heartedly].
    * con entusiasmo en los ojos = bright-eyed.
    * con errores = flawed.
    * con errores gramaticales = grammatically challenged, grammatically incorrect.
    * con escamas = flaky.
    * con ese fin = to that end.
    * con esmero = sedulously, studiously.
    * con eso = thereto, by this.
    * con esperanza = in hopeful expectation.
    * con espíritu deportivo = sportingly.
    * con este fin = to this end, to that effect.
    * con estilo = stylish.
    * con esto = by so doing, in so doing, in this, herewith, by doing so, by this, in doing so.
    * con estructura de acero = steel-framed.
    * con estructura de madera = timber-framed.
    * con estudios = schooled, educated.
    * con exactitud = precisely.
    * con excepción de = with the exception of, except for.
    * con éxito = successful, successfully, winningly.
    * con expectación = expectantly.
    * con experiencia = experienced.
    * con experiencia ampliamente demostrada = proven.
    * con experiencia profesional = professionally-qualified.
    * con exuberancia = lushly.
    * con facilidad = without difficulty, fluently, with ease, easily.
    * con fascinación = rhapsodically.
    * con fecha = dated, dated.
    * con fecha + Fecha = dated + Fecha.
    * con ferocidad = ferociously.
    * con figuras en movimiento = animated.
    * con filtros = filtered.
    * con financiación independiente = self-funded.
    * con financiación propia = self-funded.
    * con fines + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * con fines lucrativos = profit-making, profit-orientated, profit-oriented, profit-generating.
    * con firma = signed.
    * con firmeza = assertively, resolutely, firmly, unshakably, staunchly.
    * con flexibilidad = flexibly.
    * con fluidez = fluent, fluently.
    * con forma de castillo = castellated.
    * con forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].
    * con forma de pelo = hair-like.
    * con forma de pera = pear-shaped.
    * con forma de pirámide = trihedral, pyramidal-shaped.
    * con forma de tetraedro = trihedral.
    * con forma de U = U-shaped.
    * con forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.
    * con franqueza = frankly.
    * con frecuencia = frequently, often [oftener -comp., oftenest -sup.], oftentimes [often times], ofttimes [oft-times].
    * con frondosidad = lushly.
    * con fuertes aspiraciones profesionales = upward-mobile.
    * con fuerza = forcefully, vigourously [vigorously, -USA], powerfully.
    * con funda = jacketed.
    * con fundamentos = informed.
    * con fundamentos sólidos = well-considered.
    * con furia = with a vengeance, furiously.
    * con futuro = up-and-coming.
    * con gafas = bespectacled.
    * con ganas = with gusto.
    * con ganas de pelear = on the warpath.
    * con garantías de calidad = quality assured.
    * con gas = carbonated.
    * con generosidad = generously, unstintingly.
    * con goteras = leaking, leaky [leakier -comp., leakiest -sup].
    * con gracia = wittily, funnily.
    * con gran capacidad = capacious.
    * con gran colorido = brightly coloured.
    * con gran densidad de población = densely populated.
    * con gran dificultad = with great difficulty.
    * con grandilocuencia = grandly.
    * con gran esplendor = grandly.
    * con gran iluminación = brightly illuminated.
    * con gran motivación = highly-motivated.
    * con gran sentimiento = earnestly.
    * con gratitud = gratefully.
    * con gravedad = grimly.
    * con guión = hyphenated.
    * con gusto = happily, satisfyingly, stylish, willingly.
    * con habilidad = adeptly.
    * con hambre de poder = power-hungry.
    * con hastial = gabled.
    * con heridas superficiales = superficially wounded.
    * con honestidad = honestly.
    * con humildad = humbly.
    * con humor = humorously.
    * con ilusión = eagerly.
    * con imágenes en movimiento = animated.
    * con imaginación = imaginatively.
    * con impaciencia = with bated breath.
    * con impasibilidad = impassively.
    * con impunidad = with impunity.
    * con incredulidad = incredulously.
    * con independencia de = in spite of, despite, although, despite the fact that, in spite of the fact that.
    * con indiferencia = indifferently, casually.
    * con indignación = disgustedly, indignantly.
    * con indulgencia = leniently.
    * con información = information-bearing.
    * con iniciativa = proactively [pro-actively], proactive [pro-active], enterprising.
    * con inocencia = innocently.
    * con insistencia = insistently.
    * con insolencia = impudently.
    * con intencionalidad = calculated.
    * con intenciones ocultas = agenda-laden.
    * con intereses ocultos = agenda-laden.
    * con intereses propios = self-interested.
    * con interrupciones = discontinuous, episodic.
    * con intervención directa = obtrusive.
    * con ira = angrily.
    * con júbilo = joyously, gleefully.
    * con juicio de valor = value-loaded.
    * con la anchura de los hombros = shoulder-width.
    * con la ayuda de = under the guidance of.
    * con la cabeza en las nubes = ditzy [ditzier -comp., ditziest -sup.], ditsy [ditsier -comp., ditsiest -sup.].
    * con la conciencia limpia = with a clear conscience.
    * con la conciencia tranquila = with a clear conscience.
    * con la condición de que = on the understanding that, with the condition that, on the condition that.
    * con la convicción de que = in the belief that/of, on the assumption that.
    * con la debida consideración = with due consideration.
    * con la debida cualificación = properly qualified.
    * con la edad = with age.
    * con la espalda contra la pared = up against the wall.
    * con la esperanza de = in hope(s) of, with the hope(s) of.
    * con la esperanza de que = in the hope(s) that, in hope(s) that.
    * con la excusa de = in the name of, under the mantle of, under the flag of, under the guise of, in the guise of.
    * con la expectativa de que = in hopeful expectation that.
    * con la extensión de un libro = book-length.
    * con la falda típica escocesa = kilted.
    * con la formación adecuada = adequately-trained.
    * con la frente en alto = stand + tall.
    * con lagañas en los ojos = bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].
    * con la imaginación = in imagination.
    * con la intención de = designing, with an eye toward(s), intending to, aimed at, purposefully, intended to, in the drive to, in a drive to.
    * con la intención de comunicar hechos = fact-communicating.
    * con la llegada de = with the advent of, with the arrival of.
    * con la mejor voluntad del mundo = in good faith.
    * con la mente despejada = clear-headed.
    * con la mirada en = with an eye toward(s).
    * con la mirada en blanco = blankly.
    * con la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.
    * con la mirada puesta en = with an eye on, in + Posesivo + sights.
    * con la misma altura que = the full height of.
    * con la portada hacia fuera = face-out.
    * con la punta de los pies mirando hacia dentro = pigeon-toed.
    * con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.
    * con las características similares a las de texto = text-like.
    * con lascivia = lustily.
    * con las dimensiones de una pared = wall-sized.
    * con las dos manos = two handed [two-handed].
    * con las espalda contra la pared = with + Posesivo + back against the wall.
    * con las esquinas dobladas = dog-eared.
    * con las garras fuera = knives-out.
    * con las manos muy largas = light-fingered.
    * con las manos vacías = empty-handed.
    * con las mejores intenciones = best-intentioned.
    * con la soga al cuello = in dire straits.
    * con las orejas gachas = with a flea in + Posesivo + ear, depressed.
    * con las rodillas mirando hacia dentro y los talones hacia fuera = knock-kneed.
    * con (la) suficiente antelación = in good time, early enough, well in advance.
    * con las uñas fuera = knives-out.
    * con lazos muy estrechos = close-knit.
    * con legañas en los ojos = bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].
    * con licencia para vender bebidas alcohólicas = licensed, licensed.
    * con limitación temporal = time-oriented.
    * con límites impuestos por uno mismo = self-limiting.
    * con llave = locked, locking.
    * con lo cual = whereupon.
    * con lo pies sobre la tierra = down-to-earth.
    * con los nervios a flor de piel = edgy [edgier -comp., edgiest -sup.], nervy [nervier -comp., nerviest -sup.], on edge, highly-strung.
    * con los nervios de punta = edgy [edgier -comp., edgiest -sup.], nervy [nervier -comp., nerviest -sup.], on edge.
    * con los ojos empañados = misty-eyed.
    * con los ojos hinchados = bleary-eyed.
    * con los ojos llorosos = misty-eyed, bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].
    * con los ojos nublados = misty-eyed.
    * con los ojos vendados = blindfold, blindfolded.
    * con los últimos avances = state-of-the-art, leading edge.
    * con lujuria = lustily.
    * con machetes = machete-wielding.
    * con madurez = maturely.
    * con magnanimidad = magnanimously.
    * con mala fama = disreputable.
    * con mala reputación = disreputable.
    * con maldad = ill-naturedly.
    * con malhumor = moodily.
    * con maña = skilfully [skillfully, -USA], skilful [skillful, -USA].
    * con marca = branded.
    * con más antigüedad = longest-serving.
    * con más detalle = in most detail, in more detail.
    * con más frecuencia = most frequently.
    * con más intensidad aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más razón aún = a fortiori.
    * con más vigor aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más virulencia aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más vitalidad = revitalised [revitalized, -USA].
    * con mayor detalle = in greater detail.
    * con mayor profundidad = in most detail, in more detail.
    * con meandros = meandering.
    * con mechones = streaky [streaker -comp., streakiest -sup.].
    * con medios insuficientes = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con medios muy escasos = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con medios muy exiguos = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con mejoras = stepped-up.
    * con melancolía = wistfully.
    * con miedo = fearfully, afraid, frightened.
    * con millones de ventas = megaselling.
    * con miras a (+ Infinitivo) = with a view to (+ Gerundio).
    * con miras al futuro = forward-looking.
    * con moderación = sparingly, in moderation.
    * con motivo de = on the occasion of.
    * con mucha ceremonia = ceremoniously.
    * con mucha cohesión = tightly knit, closely knit, tight-knit.
    * con mucha diferencia = by far.
    * con mucha energía = high energy.
    * con mucha frecuencia = very often.
    * con mucha información = populated.
    * con mucha labia = glibly, smooth-tongued, smooth-talking.
    * con mucha palabrería = glibly.
    * con mucha población = heavily populated.
    * con mucha pompa = ceremoniously.
    * con mucha prisa = without a minute to spare.
    * con muchas actividades = event-filled.
    * con muchas deudas = heavily indebted.
    * con muchas ilustraciones = copiously illustrated.
    * con muchas imágenes = image intensive.
    * con muchas prestaciones = feature-filled, multifacility.
    * con mucha vitalidad = lively [livelier -comp., liveliest -sup.].
    * con mucho = very much, far + Verbo, grossly, overwhelmingly, by far, by a long shot, by a long way, hands down.
    * con mucho ánimo = spiritedly.
    * con mucho bombo = ceremoniously.
    * con mucho contenido = information packed [information-packed].
    * con mucho esfuerzo = painfully.
    * con mucho éxito = with a wide appeal.
    * con mucho protocolo = ceremoniously.
    * con mucho público = well attended [well-attended].
    * con muchos acontecimientos = event-filled.
    * con muchos detalles = elaborately.
    * con muchos eventos = event-filled.
    * con muchos huesos y poca carne = bony [bonier -comp., boniest -sup.].
    * con muchos lectores = with a wide appeal.
    * con muchos miramientos = ceremoniously.
    * con mucho trabajo = painfully.
    * con muy poca antelación = at (a) very short notice.
    * con muy poca anticipación = at (a) very short notice.
    * con muy poca frecuencia = all too seldom, all too seldom.
    * con muy pocas excepciones = with few exceptions, with a few exceptions.
    * con muy pocos medios = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con naturalidad = unselfconsciously.
    * con nervios = rib.
    * con niebla = foggy [foggier -comp., foggiest -sup.].
    * con nosotros = with us.
    * con nostalgia = wistfully.
    * con notas a pie de página = footnoted.
    * con + Número + año(s) de antelación = Número + year(s) ahead.
    * con objetivos específicos = goal-oriented.
    * con objeto de = in order to, in an attempt to, in an effort to, aimed at, with the purpose of, in a bid to, with the aim of.
    * con objeto de hacer = toward(s).
    * con objeto de (+ Infinitivo) = with a view to (+ Gerundio).
    * con objeto de + Verbo = for the purpose of + Nombre.
    * con ocasión de = on the occasion of.
    * con ojos azules = blue-eyed.
    * con ojos brillantes = bright-eyed.
    * con ojos de lince = eagle-eyed, sharp-eyed.
    * con ojos vivarachos = bright-eyed.
    * con olor a ajo = garlicky.
    * con olor a cerrado = musty [mustier -comp., mustiest -sup.], mousy [mousier -comp., mousiest -sup.].
    * con olor a fruta = fruity [fruitier -comp., fruitiest -sup.].
    * con olor a humedad = musty [mustier -comp., mustiest -sup.], mousy [mousier -comp., mousiest -sup.].
    * con olor a orina = urinous.
    * con olor a polvo = dust smelling.
    * con orgullo = proudly.
    * con otra copa de lo mismo se te cura la resaca = a hair of the dog that bit you.
    * con paciencia = patiently.
    * con pagos pendientes = be in arrears.
    * con papel de calco intercalado = carbon interleaved paper.
    * con participación del público mediante llamada telefónica = phone-in.
    * con pasión = with passion, passionately.
    * con patas = legged.
    * con peligro de muerte = life threatening.
    * con pelo cano = gray-haired, grey-haired.
    * con pelos y señales = blow-by-blow.
    * con pequeños matices = nuanced.
    * con pereza = lazily.
    * con perplejidad = quizzically, perplexedly.
    * con perspicacia = perceptively.
    * con pesar = with regret.
    * con pesimismo = pessimistically, gloomily.
    * con picardía = slyly, wickedly.
    * con pie firme = sure-footed.
    * con piernas = legged.
    * con pinzas = with a grain of salt, clamp-on.
    * con planes ocultos = agenda-laden.
    * con pleno derecho = with full rights.
    * con pliegues = pleated.
    * con poca claridad = indistinctly.
    * con poca exactitud = loosely.
    * con poca experiencia = inexperienced.
    * con poca iluminación = dimly illuminated.
    * con poca imaginación = unimaginatively.
    * con poca luz = badly-lit.
    * con poca naturalidad = stiltedly.
    * con poca población = thinly populated.
    * con pocas habilidades = poor-ability.
    * con poca visión de futuro = short-sighted [shortsighted].
    * con poco conocimiento de las nuevas tecnologías = technologically challenged.
    * con poco dinero = on the cheap.
    * con poco entusiasmo = half-heartedly.
    * con pocos recursos = under-resourced.
    * con pocos recursos económicos = low-budget.
    * con poder = powerful.
    * con + Posesivo + ayuda = under + Posesivo + guidance.
    * con posibilidades comerciales = commercially viable.
    * con posterioridad a = subsequent to.
    * con posterioridad a la contratación = post-employment [postemployment].
    * con precipitación = rashly.
    * con precisión = precisely.
    * con preferencia = preferably.
    * con preferencia sobre = in preference to.
    * con prejuicios = prejudicial.
    * con prepotencia = superciliously, haughtily.
    * con pretensiones de superioridad moral = self-righteous.
    * con principios = principled.
    * con prisa = in a rush, in a hurry.
    * con problemas = in hot water.
    * con problemas de aprendizaje = learning disabled.
    * con problemas de lectura = print disabled.
    * con problemas de vista = vision impaired.
    * con problemas visuales = vision impaired.
    * con profusión = in profusion.
    * con prontitud = expeditiously, promptly.
    * con provecho = with profit.
    * con púas = spiny [spinier -comp., spiniest -sup.].
    * con rabo = caudate.
    * con ráfagas de viento = blustery.
    * con rapacidad = rapaciously.
    * con rapidez = promptly.
    * con razón = rightly, quite rightly, understandably, rightfully.
    * con rebeldía = defiantly.
    * con referencia = re.
    * con referencia a = in relation to, in connection with, regarding.
    * con referencias espaciales = spatially referenced.
    * con regocijo = gleefully.
    * con regularidad = regularly.
    * con relación a = as regards, re, in relation to, in connection with, regarding, concerning.
    * con rencor = spitefully.
    * con reproche = reprovingly, reproachfully.
    * con repugnancia = disgustedly.
    * con resentimiento = resentfully, spitefully.
    * con reserva = doubtfully.
    * con reservas = qualified, with reservations.
    * con resignación = resignedly, uncomplainingly.
    * con resolución = resolutely.
    * con respecto a = concerning, in regard to, regarding, regarding, vis à vis, with regard(s) to, with respect to, within, as to, in extent of, in terms of, in the way of, as for, as regards, in relation to, in comparison with, in comparison to, as to the matter of, in reference to, now as to.
    * con respecto a si... o... = as to whether... or....
    * con respeto = respectfully.
    * con responsabilidad = responsibly.
    * con retraso mental = mentally retarded.
    * con rigor = rigourously [rigorously, -USA], harshly.
    * con ruedas = wheeled.
    * con rumbo a = bound for.
    * con sabiduría = sagely.
    * con sabor = flavoured [flavored, -USA].
    * con sabor a ajo = garlicky.
    * con sabor a fruta = fruity [fruitier -comp., fruitiest -sup.].
    * con sabor artificial = artificially flavoured.
    * con sagacidad = shrewdly.
    * con saldo = prepaid [pre-paid].
    * con salida al mercado = due out.
    * con sarcasmo = sardonically, pungently.
    * con satisfacción = contentedly.
    * con sed = thirsty [thirstier -comp., thirstiest -sup.].
    * con sed de poder = power-hungry.
    * con sede en = headquartered (at/in), based in.
    * con sede en Amér

    * * *
    A
    1 (expresando relaciones de compañía, comunicación, reciprocidad) with
    vive con el or su novio she lives with her boyfriend
    ¿quieres que hable con él? do you want me to talk to him?
    está casada con un primo mío she's married to a cousin of mine
    2
    (indicando el objeto de un comportamiento, una actitud): te portaste muy mal con ellos you behaved very badly toward(s) them
    he tenido mucha paciencia contigo I have been very patient with you
    3 ( fam)
    (yo y): eso es lo que estábamos diciendo con Lucía that's what Lucía and I were saying
    se sirve con arroz serve with rice
    para mí con leche y sin azúcar, por favor milk and no sugar for me, please
    pan con mantequilla bread and butter
    5 ( Mat):
    2,5 read as: dos con cinco 2.5 (léase: two point five)
    B
    1
    (indicando una relación de simultaneidad): una cápsula con cada comida one capsule with each meal
    se levanta con el alba he gets up at the crack of dawn
    2
    (indicando una relación de causa): ¿cómo vamos a ir con esta lluvia? how can we go in this rain o while it's raining like this?
    me desperté con el ruido the noise woke me
    con todo lo que pasó me olvidé de llamarte what with everything that happened I forgot to ring you
    ella se lo ofreció, con lo que or con lo cual me puso a mí en un aprieto she offered to do it for me, which put me in an awkward position
    3
    (a pesar de): ¿no lo vas a llevar, con lo que le gusta el circo? aren't you going to take him? you know how much he likes the circus
    ¿cómo te olvidaste? ¡con las veces que te lo dije! how could you forget? the (number of) times I told you!
    con ser tan tarde or lo tarde que es, no estoy cansada it's very late and yet I'm not at all tired, I'm not at all tired, even though it's so late
    con todo (y con eso) me parece que es bueno even so o in spite of all that o all the same o nonetheless I think he's good
    C (indicando el instrumento, medio, material) with
    córtalo con la tijera cut it with the scissors, use the scissors to cut it
    agárralo con las dos manos hold it with both hands
    lo estás malcriando con tanto mimo you're spoiling him with all this pampering o by pampering him so much
    con estos retazos se puede hacer una colcha you can make a quilt out of these bits of material
    ¡caray con la niña! y parecía tan modosita well fancy that! o well would you believe it! and she seemed so demure
    con + INF:
    con llorar no se arregla nada crying won't solve anything
    no hay necesidad de escribir, con llamarlo ya cumples there's no need to write; as long as o if you call him, that should do
    ¡con decirte que un café cuesta el triple que aquí! I mean, to give you an example, a cup of coffee costs three times what it costs here
    con que + SUBJ:
    me contento con que apruebes as long as you pass I'll be happy
    con tal de/con tal (de) que provided (that), as long as, so long as ( colloq)
    no importa cómo lo hagas con tal (de) que lo hagas it doesn't matter how you do it, just as long as you do it
    con tal (de) que me lo devuelvas antes de marzo as long as o provided I get it back by March
    es capaz de cualquier cosa con tal de llamar la atención he'll do anything to attract attention
    D
    andaba con dificultad/cuidado she was walking with difficulty/with care o carefully
    ¡con mucho gusto! with pleasure!
    2
    (al describir características, un estado): amaneció con fiebre he had a temperature when he woke up, he woke up with a temperature
    ya estaba con dolores de parto she was already having labor pains
    andaba con ganas de bronca he was looking o spoiling for a fight
    con las manos en los bolsillos with his hands in his pockets
    ¿vas a ir con ese vestido? are you going in that dress?
    me gusta más con el pelo suelto I like her better with her hair down
    una niña con ojos azules a girl with blue eyes, a blue-eyed girl
    una mujer con aspecto de extranjera a foreign-looking woman
    un monstruo con un solo ojo a one-eyed monster
    una casa con piscina a house with a swimming pool
    E
    ( AmL) (indicando el agente, destinatario): me peino con Gerardo Gerardo does my hair
    me lo mandé hacer con un sastre I had it made by a tailor
    se estuvo quejando conmigo she was complaining to me
    * * *

     

    con preposición


    ¡con mucho gusto! with pleasure!;
    córtalo con la tijera cut it with the scissor;
    amaneció con fiebre he woke up with a temperature;
    hablar con algn to talk to sb;
    está casada con mi primo she's married to my cousin;
    portarse mal con algn to behave badly toward(s) sb;
    tener paciencia con algn to be patient with sb;
    pan con mantequilla bread and butter;
    ¿vas a ir con ese vestido? are you going in that dress?

    ◊ ¿cómo vamos a ir con esta lluvia? how can we go in this rain?;

    ella se lo ofreció, con lo que or lo cual me puso a mí en un aprieto she offered it to him, which put me in an awkward position;
    con lo tarde que es, ya se debe haber ido it's really late, he should have gone by now
    c) con + inf:


    con llamarlo por teléfono ya cumples as long as you call him, that should do;
    me contento con que apruebes as long as you pass I'll be happy;
    See Also→ tal adverbio 2
    d) (AmL) (indicando el agente, destinatario):


    se estuvo quejando conmigo she was complaining to me
    con preposición
    1 (instrumento) with
    córtalo con un cuchillo, cut it with a knife
    1 (modo) with: hazlo con cuidado, do it carefully
    me trató con frialdad, he treated me with coldness
    2 (compañía) with: está paseando con mi madre, she is taking a walk with my mother
    3 (causa) con este frío no apetece salir, I don't feel like going out in this cold
    4 (estado) está con una depresión de caballo, he's deeply depressed
    iba con los labios pintados, she has put some lipstick on
    5 (contenido) with
    una caja con fotografías, a box (full) of photos
    6 (relación) to: está casada con un inglés, she is married to an Englishman
    habló con Alberto, he spoke to Alberto
    se disculpó con ella, he apologized to her
    7 (con infinitivo) con avisar les evitas el disgusto, just by phoning you'll save them any worry
    (+ que + subjuntivo) basta con que lo digas, it will be enough if you just say it
    ♦ Locuciones: con tal (de) que..., provided that...
    con todo (y con eso), even so
    ' con' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abarcar
    - abastecimiento
    - abatirse
    - ablandar
    - abochornar
    - abordar
    - abrazar
    - abrefácil
    - abrumar
    - acabar
    - acanallar
    - acaso
    - acero
    - acertar
    - achicharrarse
    - acierto
    - aclararse
    - acoger
    - acosar
    - acostarse
    - acreditada
    - acreditado
    - acuerdo
    - acusarse
    - adelante
    - adueñarse
    - afortunada
    - afortunado
    - afrontar
    - agarrar
    - agenciarse
    - agraciada
    - agraciado
    - agreste
    - agua
    - ahínco
    - ahumar
    - ahumada
    - ahumado
    - airosa
    - airoso
    - alhaja
    - alinearse
    - alma
    - almohada
    - alternar
    - alzarse
    - amanecer
    - amiguete
    - amilanarse
    English:
    abide
    - above
    - abruptly
    - abstract
    - accordance
    - accurately
    - accustom
    - aching
    - act
    - admit
    - advance
    - advice
    - advise
    - afraid
    - Afro
    - ageing
    - aggregate
    - aggressively
    - ago
    - agree
    - agreement
    - ahead
    - aim
    - ale
    - alive
    - all
    - allow for
    - allowance
    - ally
    - alone
    - along
    - aloud
    - amenable
    - amenities
    - Americana
    - amusement
    - and
    - angel food cake
    - angling
    - angrily
    - angry
    - annoy
    - antics
    - apologize
    - appointment
    - approach
    - approachable
    - arbitration
    - archery
    - argument
    * * *
    con prep
    1. [indica modo, manera o instrumento] with;
    se cortó con un cuchillo she cut herself with a knife;
    chocó con una farola he bumped into a lamppost;
    vino con un taxi she came by taxi;
    voy cómodo con estas botas/este jersey I'm comfortable in these boots/this sweater;
    iré a la boda con un traje negro I'm going to the wedding in a black suit;
    un joven con muy buenos modales a very polite young man;
    andar con la cabeza alta to walk with one's head held high;
    ir con prisa to be in a hurry;
    actuar con timidez to behave timidly;
    llover con fuerza to rain hard;
    lo ha conseguido con su esfuerzo he has achieved it through his own efforts;
    se lo puedes decir con toda confianza you needn't worry about telling her;
    trátalo con mucho cariño treat him with a lot of affection o very affectionately;
    lo haré con mucho gusto it will be a pleasure for me to do it, I'll be delighted to do it;
    con arreglo a la ley in accordance with the law
    2. [indica compañía, relación o colaboración] with;
    vive con sus padres she lives with her parents;
    se escribe con gente de varios países he corresponds with people from a number of different countries;
    ¿con quién vas? who are you going with?;
    está muy enfadado con su madre he's very angry with his mother;
    está casada con mi hermano she's married to my brother;
    estoy de acuerdo con ellos I agree with them;
    habló con todos he spoke to everybody;
    un acuerdo de colaboración con el Caribe a cooperation agreement with the Caribbean
    3. [indica contenido o cualidad]
    una persona con carácter a person of character;
    un hombre con bigote a man with a moustache;
    una bolsa con patatas a bag of potatoes;
    una cartera con varios documentos a briefcase containing several documents
    4. [indica unión o adición]
    un helado con nueces an ice cream with nuts;
    un pastel con nata a cream cake;
    el mío con leche, por favor I'd like milk in mine, please, I'd like mine white, please;
    el total con el IVA alcanza un millón the total is a million including Br VAT o US (sales) tax;
    tiene cuarenta con dos décimas de fiebre her temperature is 40.2 degrees
    5. [indica estado o situación]
    con buena salud in good health;
    está en cama con gripe she's in bed with flu;
    está con un enfado tremendo he's really angry;
    el niño está con ganas de ir al baño the child wants to go to the Br toilet o US bathroom;
    corría con ellos pisándome los talones I ran with them hot o hard on my heels
    6. [indica causa]
    el hielo se derrite con el calor ice melts when heated;
    me desperté con la música del vecino I was woken up by our neighbour playing music;
    con este tiempo no se puede ir de excursión we can't go out on a trip in this weather;
    con el tiempo lo olvidé in time I forgot it;
    con todo el trabajo que hemos tenido hoy, se me ha olvidado llamarle with all the work we've had today, I've forgotten to call her;
    se entristeció con las noticias she was sad when she heard the news;
    cómprales el libro, ¡con lo que les gusta leer! buy them the book, they like reading so much they'll be delighted!
    7. [hacia]
    para con towards;
    es amable para con todos she is friendly towards o with everyone
    8. (+ infinitivo) [para introducir una condición] by;
    con hacerlo así by doing it this way;
    con llamar ya quedarás bien you'll make a good impression just by phoning;
    con llorar no consigues nada it's no good crying, crying won't get you anywhere;
    con no decírselo a nadie, el secreto está garantizado if we don't tell anyone, secrecy will be guaranteed;
    con salir a las diez es suficiente if we leave at ten, we'll have plenty of time
    9. [a condición de que]
    con que, con tal de que as long as;
    con que llegue a tiempo me conformo I don't mind as long as he arrives on time;
    te dejo el gato con tal de que le des de comer I'll let you look after the cat as long as you feed it
    10. [a pesar de] in spite of;
    con todo despite everything;
    con todo lo raro que es, me encantan sus películas he may be weird, but I love his films, for all his weirdness, I love his films;
    con lo que hemos caminado hoy, y no estoy cansado despite the fact that we've walked so far today, I'm still not tired
    11. [para expresar queja o decepción]
    mira que perder, ¡con lo bien que jugaste! you were unlucky to lose, you played really well!;
    con lo agradable que es, y casi no tiene amigos considering how nice he is, he has surprisingly few friends
    12. Am [donde]
    fue a quejarse con su madre he complained to his mother;
    se hace los zapatos con Ardaches she has her shoes made at Ardaches;
    los domingos comen con su padre on Sundays they eat at her father's
    13. Méx [tras] after;
    ha trabajado día con día she's worked day after day o day in day out
    * * *
    prp
    1 with;
    voy con ellos I’m going with them;
    pan con mantequilla bread and butter;
    2
    :
    con todo eso in spite of all that;
    con tal de que provided that, as long as;
    con hacer eso by doing that;
    para con alguien to s.o., toward s.o.;
    con este calor in this heat;
    ¡con lo que he hecho por él! after all I’ve done for him!
    3
    :
    ser amable con alguien be kind to s.o.
    * * *
    con prep
    1) : with
    vengo con mi padre: I'm going with my father
    ¡con quién hablas?: who are you speaking to?
    2) : in spite of
    con todo: in spite of it all
    3) : to, towards
    ella es amable con los niños: she is kind to the children
    4) : by
    con llegar temprano: by arriving early
    5)
    con (tal) que : as long as, so long as
    * * *
    con prep
    1. (instrumento, compañía) with
    una bolsa con dinero a bag of money / a bag containing money
    con decir que no te interesa, será suficiente all you need to do is say you're not interested
    con lo + adjetivo but / yet
    con lo caro que ha costado y no funciona bien it was very expensive, but it doesn't work

    Spanish-English dictionary > con

  • 3 ligado

    adj.
    related, connected, bound-up.
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: ligar.
    * * *
    1 (al escribir) ligature
    ————————
    1→ link=ligar ligar
    1 linked
    1 (al escribir) ligature
    * * *
    SM
    1) (Mús) [entre dos notas] slur, tie; (=pasaje) legato passage
    2) (Tip) ligature
    * * *
    adjetivo [estar] connected, linked

    ligado a alguien/algo — attached to somebody/something

    * * *
    ----
    * estar estrechamente ligado a = be closely tied to.
    * estar ligado a = be bound up with.
    * estrechamente ligado = closely intertwined.
    * ligado a = allied to/with.
    * * *
    adjetivo [estar] connected, linked

    ligado a alguien/algo — attached to somebody/something

    * * *
    * estar estrechamente ligado a = be closely tied to.
    * estar ligado a = be bound up with.
    * estrechamente ligado = closely intertwined.
    * ligado a = allied to/with.
    * * *
    ligado1 -da
    A [ ESTAR] connected, linked
    personas ligadas por lazos familiares people connected o linked by family ties
    ligado A algn/algo attached TO sb/sth
    todavía se siente muy ligado a su país he still feels very attached to his country, he still feels a very close bond o strong ties with his country
    personajes ligados al anterior gobierno figures who have ties with o are linked to the previous government
    no sabía que ya estaba ligado ( Esp fam); I didn't know that he was already attached ( colloq)
    B [ ESTAR] (Arg, Ven) ( Telec) crossed
    está ligado the line's crossed, there's a crossed line
    ( Mús) tied note, slur
    Compuesto:
    * * *

    Del verbo ligar: ( conjugate ligar)

    ligado es:

    el participio

    Multiple Entries:
    ligado    
    ligar
    ligado adjetivo [estar] ( conectado) connected, linked;
    ( apegado) ligado a algn attached to sb;

    ligar ( conjugate ligar) verbo transitivo
    a) ( unir) to bind;


    b) ( atar):


    un fajo de billetes ligados con una goma elástica a bundle of bills held together with a rubber band
    c) ‹ metales› to alloy;

    ‹ salsa› to bind
    verbo intransitivo (fam) ( con el sexo opuesto):
    ◊ salieron a ligado they went out on the make o (BrE) pull (colloq);

    ligado con algn to make out with sb (AmE), to get off with sb (BrE)
    ligarse verbo pronominal (fam) ( conquistar) to make out with (AmE colloq), to get off with (colloq BrE)
    ligado sustantivo masculino
    1 (escritura enlazada) writing using connected letters
    2 Mús legato
    ligar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (unir) to join
    figurado mis recuerdos me ligan a esta ciudad, my memories bind me to this town
    2 (relacionar) to link
    3 fam (coger) to get
    II vi fam (seducir, cortejar) to make advances: estaba ligando con mi primo, she was making advances to my cousin

    ' ligado' also found in these entries:
    English:
    slur
    - tie
    * * *
    ligado, -a
    ♦ adj
    [vinculado, unido] linked, connected;
    un fenómeno ligado al cambio climático a phenomenon linked to o connected with climate change;
    está íntimamente ligada al partido conservador she is closely linked to the Conservative Party;
    estuvo sentimentalmente ligado a varias actrices he was (romantically) involved with several actresses;
    me siento muy ligado a mi familia I have very close ties with my family
    ♦ nm
    Mús [de notas] slur; [modo de tocar] legato
    * * *
    I adj connected, linked
    II m MÚS slur
    * * *
    ligado, -da adj
    : linked, connected

    Spanish-English dictionary > ligado

  • 4 Á

    * * *
    a negative suffix to verbs, not;
    era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.
    * * *
    1.
    á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]
    With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Loc.
    I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.
    II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.
    2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).
    3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.
    4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.
    III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).
    B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:
    I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.
    II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.
    III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.
    IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
    C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:
    I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.
    2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.
    3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.
    II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.
    III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.
    IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’
    2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.
    V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.
    VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.
    VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.
    VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
    WITH ACC.
    A. Loc.
    I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.
    2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.
    3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.
    II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:
    1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.
    2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.
    III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.
    IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.
    V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.
    VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.
    VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.
    B. TEMP.
    I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.
    II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.
    III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.
    IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.
    V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.
    VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.
    VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
    C. Metaph. and in various relations:
    I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.
    β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.
    II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:
    1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.
    2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.
    3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.
    β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.
    III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.
    IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:
    1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.
    2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.
    3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.
    V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.
    VI. connected with nouns,
    1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.
    2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.
    3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.
    VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
    2.
    f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
    COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

  • 5 seno nasal

    m.
    sinus, nasal sinus.
    * * *
    (n.) = sinus, nasal passage
    Ex. Each sinus is connected to the nose by a small opening called an ostium.
    Ex. In particular, pug-nosed animals should not fly; their short nasal passages make the changes in air pressure very difficult for them to endure.
    * * *
    (n.) = sinus, nasal passage

    Ex: Each sinus is connected to the nose by a small opening called an ostium.

    Ex: In particular, pug-nosed animals should not fly; their short nasal passages make the changes in air pressure very difficult for them to endure.

    Spanish-English dictionary > seno nasal

  • 6 transcurrir

    v.
    1 to pass, to lapse, to elapse, to pass away.
    El tiempo transcurre Time passes.
    2 to happen, to come about.
    Los eventos transcurrieron The events happened=came about.
    * * *
    1 (tiempo) to pass, elapse
    2 (acontecer) to take place, go off
    * * *
    verb
    to elapse, pass
    * * *
    VI
    1) [tiempo] to pass, elapse
    2) [acto, celebración] to pass, go
    * * *
    verbo intransitivo
    a) tiempo/años to pass, go by

    han transcurrido varios meses desde... — it's (been) several months now since...

    b) acontecimiento/acto to take place
    * * *
    = elapse + Expresión Temporal, course, pass on.
    Ex. Connect time is the amount of time that elapses whilst a user is connected online to a computer system.
    Ex. The disease is called temporal arteritis because the temporal arteries, which course along the sides of the head just in front of the ears (to the temples), often become inflamed.
    Ex. If ignored, the problems are only passed on to all the users of the catalog: the public, the reference department, the acquisitions department, and naturally the cataloging department.
    ----
    * a medida que + transcurrir + el año = as the year + wear on.
    * a medida que + transcurrir + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * con el transcurrir del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by).
    * conforme + transcurrir + el año = as the year + wear on.
    * conforme + transcurrir + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * el transcurrir del tiempo = the sands of time.
    * transcurrir tiempo = lapse + time.
    * * *
    verbo intransitivo
    a) tiempo/años to pass, go by

    han transcurrido varios meses desde... — it's (been) several months now since...

    b) acontecimiento/acto to take place
    * * *
    = elapse + Expresión Temporal, course, pass on.

    Ex: Connect time is the amount of time that elapses whilst a user is connected online to a computer system.

    Ex: The disease is called temporal arteritis because the temporal arteries, which course along the sides of the head just in front of the ears (to the temples), often become inflamed.
    Ex: If ignored, the problems are only passed on to all the users of the catalog: the public, the reference department, the acquisitions department, and naturally the cataloging department.
    * a medida que + transcurrir + el año = as the year + wear on.
    * a medida que + transcurrir + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * con el transcurrir del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by).
    * conforme + transcurrir + el año = as the year + wear on.
    * conforme + transcurrir + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * el transcurrir del tiempo = the sands of time.
    * transcurrir tiempo = lapse + time.

    * * *
    vi
    1 «tiempo/años» to pass, go by
    los meses transcurrieron sin que tuviera noticias suyas the months went by o passed with no news of her
    han transcurrido varios meses desde su partida it's (been) several months now since she left
    transcurría el minuto 20 cuando se anotó el primer gol the first goal was scored in the 20th minute
    2 «acontecimiento/acto» to take place
    la acción transcurre en un pueblo del sur the action takes place in a village in the south
    la marcha transcurrió pacíficamente the march went o passed off peacefully
    * * *

     

    transcurrir ( conjugate transcurrir) verbo intransitivo
    a) [tiempo/años] to pass, go by

    b) [acontecimiento/acto] to take place

    transcurrir verbo intransitivo
    1 (tiempo) to pass, go by
    2 (una época de la vida, un suceso) to pass
    ' transcurrir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    trascurrir
    - correr
    - pasar
    English:
    elapse
    - go on
    - lapse
    - move on
    - pass off
    * * *
    transcurrir, trascurrir vi
    1. [tiempo] to pass, to go by;
    transcurrieron quince años hasta que volvieron a encontrarse fifteen years went by o passed before they met again, they did not meet again until fifteen years later;
    según transcurría el tiempo se iban calentando los ánimos as time went by tempers started to fray
    2. [ocurrir] to take place, to happen;
    la acción transcurre durante la guerra the action takes place during the war;
    la manifestación transcurrió sin incidentes the demonstration went off o passed off without incident
    * * *
    v/i de tiempo pass, go by
    * * *
    : to elapse, to pass
    * * *
    transcurrir vb to go by / to pass

    Spanish-English dictionary > transcurrir

  • 7 цепь (электрическая)


    circuit (cct)
    ряд соединенных проводников для прохождения эл. тока. — а number of conductors connected together for the purpose of carrying an electrical current.
    соединение нескольких устроиств, образующее один или несколько каналов (контуров) для выполнения определенных электрических или радиоэлектронных функций. — the interconnection of a number of devices in oле or more closed paths to perform а desired electrical or electronic function.
    - блокировки (эл.) — interlocking circuit
    цепь, в которой работа одного элемента эл. оборудования зависит от окончания срабатываний других элементов. — а circuit in which the орегation of one item of electric apparatus is made dependent on the fulfilment of certain predetermined conditions on other items.
    - блокировки — lock-out /locking-out/ circuit
    цепь, служащая для отключения и удержания в нерабочем состоянии устройства при нарушении его нормальной работы. — function is to shut down and hold а device out of service on occurence of abnormal conditions.
    - взрыва (сро) — (trsp) destruct circuit
    - включена (готова к работе) — circuit armed
    - возбуждения (генератора, эл. мотора) — field circuit
    - галля (роликовая) — roller chain
    -, гальванически развязанная — decoupling circuit

    а circuit used to prevent interaction of one circuit with anotheг.
    - задержки (времени) — delay circuit
    цепь, обеспечивающая задержку прохождения эл. сигнала no времени, — а circuit which delays the passage of а pulse or signal from one part of a circuit t another.
    - зажигания — ignition circuit
    -, замкнутая — closed circuit
    эл. цепь, обеспечивающая протекание эл. тока при подаче напряжения (наличии разности потенциалов), — а complete electric circuit through which current may flow when а voltage is арplied.
    -, кольцевая — loop circuit
    энергопитание обеспечивается по раздельным многоканальным или кольцевым цепям. — electrical energy supply is ensured by means of multichannel or loop circuits separately routed.
    -, коммутационная — switching circuit
    -, контрольная — monitoring /monitor/ circuit
    цепь прибора (или системы). контролирующая нормальную работу прибора, и вызывающая срабатывание устройств сигнализации отказа прибора или прекращения подачи питания. — monitor circuits defect a fault in a system.
    - контроля, электронная — electronic monitoring circuit
    электронная цепь контроля работы пилотажного командного прибора вызывает срабатывание (появление) блейкора красного цвета в случае неисправности (неправильногo показания) прибора. — the electronic monitoring circuits within the flight director deflect red warning flaps into view if a failure occurs that will cause incorreet display.
    -, многоканальная — multi-channel circuit
    - нагрузки — load circuit
    цепь от источника питания до нагрузки (напр., эпектронная лампа эл. двигателя) — the complete circuit required to transfer power from а source to а load (e.g., electron tube, electric motor).
    -, нарушенная (эл.) — open/ broken/ circuit
    -, незамкнутая — open circuit
    разомкнутая цепь, не обеспечивающая протекание эл. тока, — а circuit which does not provide а complete path for the flow of current.
    - обратной связи — feedback circuit
    - опроса (эвм) — sampling circuit
    -, параллельная — parallel circuit
    цепь, в которой все положительные и отрицательные вводы и выводы соединены в соответствующих общих точках, — а circuit in which all positive terminals and negative terminals are connected to their corresponding common points.
    - питания — feed/ power supply/ circuit
    -, последовательная — series circuit
    цепь,в которой вывод одногo сопротивления (нагрузки) соединен с вводом следующего, и т.д. — а circuit in which resistance or other components are connected end to end.
    - потребителя (эл.) — load circuit
    - прохождения сигнала — signal flow circuit
    -, разомкнутая (разорванная) — open/ broken/ circuit
    -, роликовая — roller chain
    - самоконтроля — self-test circuit
    - связи (между системами, блоками) — coupling circuit
    - соединения на — ground circuit
    - управления — control circuit
    -, швартовочная (груза в кабине) — (cargo) tie-down /anchoring chain
    -, электрическая — electric circuit
    -, электронная — electronic circuit
    обрыв ц. — broken circuit
    включать в ц. — connect in circuit
    сопротивление, включенное в цепь, — а resistor is connected in circuit.
    закреплять на ц. — chain
    крышка закреплена цепочкой к горловине, — the cap is chained to the filler.
    замыкать ц. — complete/ close/ circuit
    реле замыкает цепь. защищать ц. с помощью аэс — the relay completes the circuits. protect circuit by circuit breaker
    размыкать (разрывать) ц. — break/ open/ circuit

    Русско-английский сборник авиационно-технических терминов > цепь (электрическая)

  • 8 BERA

    * * *
    I)
    (ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.
    I.
    1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);
    bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;
    bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;
    bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;
    2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);
    bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;
    3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);
    4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;
    kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;
    absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;
    the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;
    verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;
    þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;
    borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;
    Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;
    borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;
    5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;
    bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;
    bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;
    verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;
    borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;
    þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;
    borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;
    6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);
    þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;
    fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);
    of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);
    absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;
    similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;
    bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;
    hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?
    hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;
    bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;
    7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);
    bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);
    bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;
    bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;
    bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;
    bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;
    bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;
    bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;
    bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;
    refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);
    8) to set forth, report, tell;
    bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);
    bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;
    bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;
    bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;
    bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;
    bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;
    eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;
    9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);
    bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);
    bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;
    bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;
    bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;
    bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;
    10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);
    bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;
    hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;
    bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;
    bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;
    bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;
    bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;
    11) with preps.:
    bera af e-m, to surpass;
    en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;
    bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;
    bera eld at, to set fire to;
    bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;
    bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);
    bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);
    bera e-t um, to wind round;
    þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;
    bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;
    bera út barn, to expose a child;
    12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);
    láta af berast, to die;
    láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);
    berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);
    at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;
    berast vápn á, to attack one another;
    berast at or til, to happen;
    þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;
    ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;
    berast í móti, to happen, occur;
    hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;
    berast við, to be prevented;
    ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;
    II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;
    alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);
    bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;
    esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;
    þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;
    Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;
    ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;
    e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;
    hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);
    2) followed by preps.:
    Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;
    hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;
    e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;
    Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;
    e-t berr á milli, comes between;
    leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;
    fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;
    mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;
    veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;
    e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;
    bera saman, to coincide;
    bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;
    fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;
    fund várn bar saman, we met;
    3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;
    svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;
    þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;
    bar honum svá til, it so befell him;
    þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;
    raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;
    4) of time, to fall upon;
    ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;
    bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;
    5) denoting cause;
    e-t berr til, causes a thing;
    konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;
    ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;
    berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;
    6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;
    hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;
    e-t berr frá, is surpassing;
    er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;
    7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;
    e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;
    8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;
    e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);
    used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).
    (að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).
    * * *
    1.
    u, f.
    I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.
    II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.
    2.
    bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].
    A. Lat. ferre, portare:
    I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.
    2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.
    3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.
    II. without a sense of motion:
    1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.
    β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.
    2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:
    α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.
    β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.
    3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:
    α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.
    β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.
    III. in law terms or modes of procedure:
    1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)
    2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.
    β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.
    B. Various and metaph. cases.
    I. denoting motion:
    1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.
    β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.
    2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.
    II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidence … to do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.
    2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.
    III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.
    IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.
    β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.
    γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.
    C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:
    I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.
    β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.
    γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.
    2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.
    II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.
    2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.
    3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.
    4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.
    β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.
    γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.
    5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.
    β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.
    III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.
    IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.
    D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BERA

  • 9 अग्निः _agniḥ

    अग्निः [अङ्गति ऊर्ध्वं गच्छति अङ्ग्-नि,नलोपश्च Uṇ.4.5., or fr. अञ्च् 'to go.']
    1 Fire कोप˚, चिन्ता˚, शोक˚, ज्ञान˚, राज˚, &c.
    -2 The God of fire.
    -3 Sacrificial fire of three kinds (गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय and दक्षिण); पिता बै गार्हपत्यो$ ग्निर्माताग्निर्दक्षिणः स्मृतः । गुरुराहवनीयस्तु साग्नित्रेता गरीयसी ॥ Ms. 2.232.
    -4 The fire of the stomach, digestive faculty, gastric fluid.
    -5 Bile (नाभेरूर्ध्व हृदयादधस्तादामाशयमाचक्षते तद्गतं सौरं तेजः पित्तम् इत्याचक्षते).
    -6 Cauterization (अग्नि- कर्मन्).
    -7 Gold.
    -8 The number three. शराग्निपरिमाणम् (पञ्चत्रिंशत्) Mb.13.17.26.
    -9 N. of various plants: (a) चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica; (b) रक्तचित्रक; (c) भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium; (d) निम्बक Citrus Acida.
    -1 A mystical substitute for the letter र्. In Dvandva comp. as first member with names of deities, and with particular words अग्नि is changed to अग्ना, as ˚विष्णू, ˚मरुतौ, or to अग्नी, ˚पर्जन्यौ, ˚ वरुणौ, ˚षोमौ
    -11 पिङगला नाडी; यत्र तद् ब्रह्म निर्द्वन्द्वं यत्र सोमः, (इडा) सहाग्निना (अग्निः पिङ्गला) Mb.14.2.1.
    -12 Sacrificial altar, अग्निकुण्ड cf. Rām. 1.14.28.
    -13 Sky. अग्निर्मूर्धा Muṇḍ 2.1.4. [cf. L. ignis.
    [Agni is the God of Fire, the Ignis of the Latins and Ogni of the Slavonians. He is one of the most prominent deities of the Ṛigveda. He, as an immortal, has taken up his abode among mortals as their guest; he is the domestic priest, the successful accomplisher and protector of all ceremonies; he is also the religious leader and preceptor of the gods, a swift messenger employed to announce to the immortals the hymns and to convey to them the oblations of their worshippers, and to bring them down from the sky to the place of sacrifice. He is sometimes regarded as the mouth and the tongue through which both gods and men participate in the sacrifices. He is the lord, protector and leader of people, monarch of men, the lord of the house, friendly to mankind, and like a father, mother, brother &c. He is represented as being produced by the attrition of two pieces of fuel which are regarded as husband and wife. Sometimes he is considered to have been brought down from heaven or generated by Indra between two clouds or stones, created by Dyau, or fashioned by the gods collectively. In some passages he is represented as having a triple existence, which may mean his three- fold manifestations as the sun in heaven, lightning in the atmosphere, and as ordinary fire on the earth, although the three appearances are also elsewhere otherwise explained. His epithets are numberless and for the most part descriptive of his physical characteristics: धूमकेतु, हुतभुज्, शुचि, रोहिताश्व, सप्तजिह्व, तोमरधर, घृतान्न, चित्रभानु, ऊर्ध्वशोचिस्, शोचिष्केश, हरिकेश, हिरण्यदन्त, अयोदंष्ट्र &c. In a celebrated passage he is said to have 4 horns, 3 feet, 2 heads, and 7 hands. The highest divine functions are ascribed to Agni. He is said to have spread out the two worlds and + produced them, to have supported heaven, formed the mundane regions and luminaries of heaven, to have begotten Mitra and caused the sun to ascend the sky. He is the head and summit of the sky, the centre of the earth. Earth, Heaven and all beings obey his commands. He knows and sees all worlds or creatures and witnesses all their actions. The worshippers of Agni prosper, they are wealthy and live long. He is the protector of that man who takes care to bring him fuel. He gives him riches and no one can overcome him who sacrifices to this god. He confers, and is the guardian of, immortality. He is like a water-trough in a desert and all blessing issue from him. He is therefore constantly supplicated for all kinds of boons, riches, food, deliverance from enemies and demons, poverty, reproach, childlessness, hunger &c. Agni is also associated with Indra in different hymns and the two gods are said to be twin brothers.
    Such is the Vedic conception of Agni; but in the course of mythological personifications he appears as the eldest son of Brahmā and is called Abhimānī [Viṣṇu Purāṇa]. His wife was Svāhā; by her, he had 3 sons - Pāvaka, Pavamāna and Śuchi; and these had forty-five sons; altogether 49 persons who are considered identical with the 49 fires. He is also represented as a son of Aṅgiras, as a king of the Pitṛs or Manes, as a Marut and as a grandson of Śāṇḍila, and also as a star. The Harivaṁśa describes him as clothed in black, having smoke for his standard and head-piece and carrying a flaming javelin. He is borne in a chariot drawn by red horses and the 7 winds are the wheels of his car. He is accompanied by a ram and sometimes he is represented as riding on that animal. Agni was appointed by Brahamā as the sovereign of the quarter between the south and east, whence the direction is still known as Āgneyī. The Mahābhārata represents Agni as having exhausted his vigour and become dull by devouring many oblations at the several sacrifices made by king Śvetaki, but he recruited his strength by devouring the whole Khāṇḍava forest; for the story see the word खाण्डव].
    -Comp. -अ (आ) गारम् -रः, -आलयः, -गृहम् [अग्निकार्याय अगारम् शाक˚ त.] a fire- sanctuary, house or place for keeping the sacred fire; वसंश्चतुर्थो$ग्निरिवाग्न्यगारे R.5.25. रथाग्न्यगारं चापार्चीं शरशक्तिगदे- न्धनम् Mb.11.25.14.
    -अस्त्रम् fire-missile, a rocket,
    -आत्मक a. [अग्निरात्मा यस्य] of the nature of fire सोमा- त्मिका स्त्री, ˚कः पुमान्.
    -आधानम् consecrating the fire; so ˚आहिति.
    -आधेयः [अग्निराधेयो येन] a Brāhmana who maintains the sacred fire. (
    -यम्) =
    ˚आधानम्. -आहितः [अग्निराहितो येन, वा परनिपातः P.II.2.37.] one who maintains the sacred fire; See आहिताग्नि.
    -इध् m. (अग्नीध्रः) [अग्निम् इन्द्धे स अग्नीध्] the priest who kindles fire (mostly Ved).
    -इन्धनः [अग्निरिध्यते अनेन] N. of a Mantra. (नम्) kindling the fire; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्याम् Ms.2.18.
    -उत्पातः [अग्निना दिव्यानलेन कृतः उत्पातः] a fiery portent, meteor, comet &c. In Bṛ. S.33 it is said to be of five kinds: दिवि भुक्तशुभफलानां पततां रूपाणि यानि तान्युल्काः । धिष्ण्योल्का- शनिविद्युत्तारा इति पञ्चधा भिन्नाः ॥ उल्का पक्षेण फलं तद्वत् धिष्ण्याशनिस्त्रिभिः पक्षैः । विद्युदहोभिः ष़ड्भिस्तद्वत्तारा विपाचयति ॥ Different fruits are said to result from the appearances of these portents, according to the nature of their colour, position &c.
    -उद्धरणम्, -उद्धारः 1 producing fire by the friction of two araṇis.
    -2 taking out, before sun-rise, the sacred fire from its cover of ashes previous to a sacrifice.
    -उपस्थानम् worship of Agni; the Mantra or hymn with which Agni is worshipped (अग्निरुपस्थीयते$नेन) अग्निस्त्रिष्टुभ् उपस्थाने विनियोगः Sandhyā.
    -एधः [अग्निमेधयति] an incendiary.
    -कणः; -स्तोकः a spark.
    -कर्मन् n. [अग्नौ कर्म स. त.]
    1 cauterization.
    -2 action of fire.
    -3 oblation to Agni, worship of Agni (अग्निहोत्र); so ˚कार्य offering oblations to fire, feeding fire with ghee &c.; निर्वर्तिताग्निकार्यः K.16.; ˚र्यार्धदग्ध 39, Ms.3.69, अग्निकार्यं ततः कुर्यात्सन्ध्ययोरुभयोरपि । Y.1.25.
    -कला a part (or appearance) of fire; ten varieties are mentioned धूम्रार्चिरुष्मा ज्वलिनी ज्वालिनी विस्फु- लिङ्गिनी । सुश्री: सुरूपा कपिला हव्यकव्यवहे अपि ॥ यादीनां दश- वर्णानां कला धर्मप्रदा अमूः ।).
    -कारिका [अग्निं करोति आधत्ते करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् कर्तरि ण्वुल्]
    1 the means of consecrating the sacred fire, the Ṛik called अग्नीध्र which begins with अग्निं दूतं पुरो दधे. 2. = अग्निकार्यम्.
    -काष्ठम् अग्नेः उद्दीपनं काष्ठं शाक ˚त.] agallochum (अगुरु)
    -कुक्कुटः [अग्नेः कुक्कुट इव रक्तवर्णस्फुलिङ्गत्वात्] a firebrand, lighted wisp of straw.
    -कुण्डम [अग्नेराधानार्थं कुण्डम्] an enclosed space for keeping the fire, a fire-vessel.
    -कुमारः, -तनयः; सुतः 1 N. of Kārttikeya said to be born from fire; Rām.7. See कार्त्तिकेय.
    -2 a kind of preparation of medicinal drugs.
    -कृतः Cashew-nut; the plant Anacardium occidentale. [Mar.काजू]
    -केतुः [अग्नेः केतुरिव]
    1 smoke.
    -2 N. of two Rākṣasas on the side of Rāvaṇa and killed by Rāma.
    -कोणः -दिक् the south-east corner ruled over by Agni; इन्द्रो वह्निः पितृपतिर्नौर्ऋतो वरुणो मरुत् । कुबेर ईशः पतयः पूर्वादीनां दिशां क्रमात् ॥
    -क्रिया [अग्निना निर्वर्तिता क्रिया, शाक. त.]
    1 obsequies, funeral ceremonies.
    -2 branding; भेषजाग्निक्रियासु च Y.3.284.
    -क्रीडा [तृ. त.] fire-works, illuminations.
    -गर्भ a. [अग्निर्गर्भे यस्य] pregnant with or containing fire, having fire in the interior; ˚र्भां शमीमिव Ś 4.3. (
    --र्भः) [अग्निरिव जारको गर्भो यस्य]
    1 N. of the plant Agnijāra.
    -2 the sun stone, name of a crystal supposed to contain and give out fire when touched by the rays of the sun; cf Ś2.7.
    -3 the sacrificial stick अरणि which when churned, gives out fire.
    (-र्भा) 1 N. of the Śamī plant as containing fire (the story of how Agni was discovered to exist in the interior of the Śamī plant is told in chap. 35 of अनु- शासनपर्व in Mb.)
    -2 N. of the earth (अग्नेः सकाशात् गर्भो यस्यां सा; when the Ganges threw the semen of Śiva out on the Meru mountain, whatever on earth &c. was irradiated by its lustre, became gold and the earth was thence called वसुमती)
    -3 N. of the plant महा- ज्योतिष्मती लता (अग्निरिव गर्भो मध्यभागो यस्याः सा) [Mar. माल- कांगोणी]
    -ग्रन्थः [अग्निप्रतिपादको ग्रन्थः शाक. त.] the work that treats of the worship of Agni &c.
    -घृतम् [अग्न्युद्दीपनं घृतं शाक. त.] a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee used to stimulate the digestive power.
    -चित् m. अग्निं चितवान्; चि-भूतार्थे क्विप् P.III.2.91] one who has kept the sacred fire; यतिभिः सार्धमनग्निमग्निचित् R.8.25; अध्वरे- ष्वग्निचित्वत्सु Bk.5.11.
    -चयः, -चयनम्, -चित्या. arranging or keeping the sacred fire (अग्न्याधान); चित्याग्निचित्ये च P.III.1.132.
    -2 (
    -यः, -यनः) the Mantra used in this operation.
    -3 a heap of fire
    -चित्वत् [अग्निचयनम् अस्त्यस्मिन् मतुप्; मस्य वः । तान्तत्वान्न पद- त्वम् Tv.] having अग्निचयन or अग्निचित्.
    -चूडः A bird having a red tuft.
    -चर्णम् gunpowder. कार्यासमर्थः कत्यस्ति शस्त्रगोलाग्निचूर्णयुक् Śukranīti 2.93.
    -ज, -जात a. produced by or from fire, born from fire.
    (-जः, -जातः) 1 N. of the plant अग्निजार (अग्नये अग्न्युद्दीपनाय जायते सेवनात् प्रभवति).
    1 N. of Kārttikeya पराभिनत्क्रौञ्चमिवाद्रिमग्निजः Mb.8.9. 68.3. Viṣṇu. (
    -जम्, -जातम) gold; so ˚जन्मन्.
    -जित् m. God; Bhāg.8.14.4.
    -जिह्व a.
    1 having a fiery tongue.
    -2 one having fire for the tongue, epithet of a God or of Visṇu in the boar incarnation. (
    -ह्वा)
    1 a tongue or flame of fire.
    -2 one of the 7 tongues of Agni (कराली धूमिनी श्वेता लोहिता नीललोहिता । सुवर्णा पद्मरागा च जिह्वा: सप्त विभावसोः
    -3 N. of a plant लाङ्गली (अग्नेर्जिह्वेव शिखा यस्याः सा); of another plant (जलपिप्पली) or गजपिप्पली (विषलाङ्गला) (Mar. जल-गज पिंपळी)
    -ज्वाला 1 the flame or glow of fire.
    -2 [अग्नेर्ज्वालेव शिखा यस्याः सा] N. of a plant with red blossoms, chiefly used by dyers, Grislea Tomentosa (Mar. धायफूल, धायटी).
    -तप् a. [अग्निना तप्यते; तप्-क्विप्] having the warmth of fire; practising austerities by means of fire.
    -तपस् a. [अग्निभिः तप्यते]
    1 practising very aus- tere penance, standing in the midst of the five fires.
    -2 glowing, shining or burning like fire (तपतीति तपाः अग्निरिव तपाः) hot as fire
    -तेजस् a. having the lustre or power of fire. (अग्नेरिव तेजो यस्य). (
    -स् n.) the lustre of fire. (
    -स् m.) N. of one of the 7 Ṛiṣis of the 11th Manvantara.
    -त्रयम् the three fires, See under अग्नि.
    -द a. [अग्निं दाहार्थं गृहादौ ददाति; दा. -क.]
    1 giving or supplying with fire
    -2 tonic, stomachic, producing appetite, stimulating digestion.
    -3 incendiary; अग्निदान् भक्तदांश्चैव Ms.9.278; अग्निदानां च ये लोकाः Y.2.74; so ˚दायक, ˚दायिन्. यदग्निदायके पापं यत्पापं गुरुतल्पगे. Rām.2.75.45.
    -दग्ध a.
    1 burnt on the funeral pile; अग्निदग्धाश्च ये जीवा ये$प्यदग्धाः कुले मम Vāyu. P.
    -2 burnt with fire.
    -3 burnt at once without having fire put into the mouth, being destitute of issue (?); (pl.) a class of Manes or Pitṛis who, when alive, kept up the household flame and presented oblations to fire.
    -दमनी [अग्निर्दम्यते$नया; दम्-णिच् करणे ल्युट] a narcotic plant, Solanum Jacquini. [Mar. रिंगणी]
    -दातृ [अग्निं विधानेन ददाति] one who performs the last (funeral) ceremonies of a man; यश्चाग्निदाता प्रेतस्य पिण्डं दद्यात्स एव हि.
    -दीपन a. [अग्निं दीपयति] stimulating digestion, stomachic, tonic.
    -दीप्त a. [तृ. त्त.] glowing, set on fire, blazing (
    -प्ता) [अग्निर्जठरानलो दीप्तः सेवनात् यस्याः सा] N. of a plant ज्योतिष्मती लता (Mar. मालकांगोणी), which is said to stimulate digestion.
    -दीप्तिः f. active state of digestion.
    -दूत a. अग्निर्दूत इव यस्मिन् यस्य वा] having Agni for a messenger, said of the sacrifice or the deity invoked; यमं ह यज्ञो गच्छत्यग्निदूतो अरंकृतः Rv.1.14.13.
    -दूषितः a. branded.
    -देवः [अग्नि- रेव देवः] Agni; a worshipper of Agni.
    -देवा [अग्निर्देवो यस्याः] the third lunar mansion, the Pleiades (कृत्तिका).
    -द्वारम् the door on the south-east of a building; पूर्व- द्वारमथैशाने चाग्निद्वारं तु दक्षिणे । Māna.9.294-95.
    -धानम् [अग्निर्धियते$स्मिन्] the place or receptacle for keeping the sacred fire, the house of अग्निहोतृ; पदं कृणुते अग्निधाने Rv. 1.165.3.
    -धारणम् maintaining the sacred fire; व्रतिनां ˚णम् K. 55.
    -नयनम् = ˚प्रणयनम्.
    -निर्यासः [अग्नेर्ज- ठरानलस्येव दीपको निर्यासो यस्य] N. of the plant अग्निजार.
    -नेत्र a. [अग्निर्नेता यस्य] having Agni for the leader or conveyer of oblations, an epithet of a god in general.
    -पदम् 1 the word Agni.
    -2 fire-place.
    -3 N. of a plant.
    -परिक्रि-ष्क्रि-या care of the sacred fire, worship of fire, offering oblations; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरिष्क्रिया Ms.2.67.
    -परिच्छदः the whole sacrificial apparatus; गृह्यं चाग्निपरिच्छदम् Ms.6. 4.
    -परिधानम् enclosing the sacrificial fire with a kind of screen.
    -परीक्षा [तृ. त.] ordeal by fire.
    -पर्वतः [अग्निसाधनं पर्वतः] a volcano; महता ज्वलता नित्यमग्निमेवाग्नि- पर्वतः Rām.5.35.43.
    -पुच्छः [अग्नेः अग्न्याधानस्थानस्य पुच्छ इव]. tail or back part of the sacrificial place; the extinction of fire.
    -पुराणम् [अग्निना प्रोक्तं पुराणम्] one of the 18 Purāṇas ascribed to Vyāsa. It derives its name from its having been communicated originally by Agni to the sage Vasiṣṭha for the purpose of instructing him in the two-fold knowledge of Brahman. Its stanzas are said to be 145. Its contents are varied. It has portions on ritual and mystic worship, cosmical descriptions, chapters on the duties of Kings and the art of war, a chapter on law, some chapters on Medicine and some treatises on Rhetoric, Prosody, Grammar, Yoga, Brahmavidyā &c. &c.
    -प्रणयनम् bringing out the sacrificial fire and consecrating it according to the proper ritual.
    -प्रणिधिः Incendiary. Dk.2.8.
    -प्रतिष्ठा consecration of fire, especially the nuptial fire.
    -प्रवेशः; -शनम [स. त.] entering the fire, self-immolation of a widow on the funeral pile of her husband.
    -प्रस्कन्दनम् violation of the duties of a sacrificer (अग्निहोमाकरण); ˚परस्त्वं चाप्येवं भविष्यसि Mb.1.84.26.
    -प्रस्तरः [अग्निं प्रस्तृणाति अग्नेः प्रस्तरो वा] a flint, a stone producing fire.
    -बाहुः [अग्ने- र्बाहुरिव दीर्घशिखत्वात्]
    1 smoke.
    -2 N. of a son of the first Manu; Hariv. N. of a son of Priyavrata and Kāmyā. V. P.
    -बीजम् 1 the seed of Agni; (fig.) gold (रुद्रतेजः समुद्भूतं हेमबीजं विभावसोः)
    -2 N. of the letter र्.
    -भम [अग्नि- रिव भाति; भा-क.]
    1 'shining like fire,' gold.
    -2 N. of the constellation कृत्तिका.
    -भु n. [अग्नेर्भवति; भू-क्विप् ह्रस्वान्तः]
    1 water.
    -2 gold.
    -भू a. [अग्नेर्भवतिः भू-क्विप्] produced from fire.
    (भूः) 1 'fire-born,' N. of Kārttikeya.
    -2 N. of a teacher (काश्यप) who was taught by Agni.
    -3 (arith.) six.
    -भूति a. produced from fire. (
    -तिः) [अग्निरिव भूतिरैश्वर्यं यस्य] N. of a pupil of the last Tīrthaṅkara. (
    -तिः) f. the lustre or might of fire.
    -भ्राजस् a. Ved. [अग्निरिव भ्राजते; भ्राज्-असुन्] shining like fire. अग्निभ्राजसो विद्युतः Ṛv.5.54.11.
    -मणिः [अग्नेरुत्थापको मणिः शाक. त.] the sunstone.
    -मथ् m. [अग्निं मथ्नाति निष्पादयति; मन्थ्-क्विप्- नलोपः]
    1 the sacrificer who churns the fuel-stick.
    -2 the Mantra used in this operation, on the अरणि itself.
    -मन्थः, -न्थनम्, producing fire by friction; or the Mantra used in this operation. (
    -न्थः) [अग्निर्मथ्यते अनेन मन्थ्-करणे घञ्] N. of a tree गणिकारिका (Mar. नरवेल) Premna Spinosa (तत्काष्ठयोर्घर्षणे हि आशु वह्निरुत्पद्यते),
    -मान्द्यम् slowness of digestion, loss of appetite, dyspepsia.
    -मारुतिः अग्निश्च मरुच्च तयोरपत्यं इञ् ततो वृद्धिः इत् च; द्विपदवृद्धौ पृषो. पूर्वपदस्य ह्रस्वः Tv.] N. of the sage Agastya.
    -मित्रः N. of a king of the Śunga dynasty, son of Puṣypamitra who must have flourished before 15 B. C. -the usually accepted date of Patañjali-as the latter mentions पुष्यमित्र by name.
    -मुखः a. having Agni at the head. (
    -खः) [अग्निर्मुखमिव यस्य]
    1 a deity, god, (for the gods receive oblations through Agni who is, therefore, said to be their mouth; अग्निमुखा वै देवाः; अग्निर्मुखं प्रथमं देवतानाम् &c; or अग्निर्मुखे अग्रे येषाम्, for fire is said to have been created before all other gods.)
    -2 [अग्निर्मुखं प्रधानमुपास्यो यस्य] one who maintains the sacred fire (अग्निहोतृद्विज)
    -3 a Brāhmaṇa in general (अग्निर्दाहकत्वात् शापाग्निर्मुखे यस्य for Brāhmaṇas are said to be वाग्वज्राः).
    -4 N. of two plants चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica and भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium अग्निरिव स्पर्शात् दुःखदायकं मुखमग्रम् यस्य, तन्निर्यासस्पर्शेन हि देहे क्षतोत्पत्तेस्थयोस्तथात्वम्)
    -5 a sort of powder or चूर्ण prescribed as a tonic by चक्रदत्त
    -6 'fire- mouthed, sharp-biting, an epithet of a bug. Pt. 1. (
    -खी) अग्निरिव मुखमग्रं यस्याः; गौरादि-ङीष्]
    1 N. of a plant भल्लातक (Mar. बिबवा, भिलावा) and लाङ्गलिका (विषलाङ्गला).
    -2 N. of the Gāyatri Mantra (अग्निरेव मुखं मुखत्वेन कल्पितं यस्याः सा, or अग्नेरिव मुखं प्रजापतिमुखं उत्पत्ति- द्वारं यस्याः, अग्निना समं प्रजापतिमुखजातत्वात्; कदाचिदपि नो विद्वान् गायत्रीमुदके जपेत् । गायत्र्याग्निमुखी यस्मात्तस्मादुत्थाय तां जपेत् ॥ गोभिल).
    -3 a kitchen [पाकशाला अग्निरिव उत्तप्तं मुखं यस्याः सा].
    -मूढ a. [तृ. त.] Ved. made insane or stupefied by lightning or fire.
    -यन्त्रम् A gun अग्नियन्त्रधरैश्चक्रधरैश्च पुरुषैर्वृतः Śivabhārata 12.17.
    -यानम् An aeroplane. व्योमयानं विमानं स्यात् अग्नियानं तदेव हि । अगस्त्यसंहिता.
    -योगः See पञ्चाग्निसाधन. अग्नियोगवहो ग्रीष्मे विधिदृष्टेन कर्मणा । चीर्त्वा द्वादशवर्षाणि राजा भवति पार्थिवः ॥ Mb.13.14,2.43.
    -योजनम् causing the sacrificial fire to blaze up.
    -रक्षणम् 1 con- secrating or preserving the sacred (domestic) fire or अग्निहोत्र.
    -2 [अग्निः रक्ष्यते अनेन अत्र वा] a Mantra securing for Agni protection from evil spirits &c.
    -3 the house of an अग्निहोतृ.
    -रजः, -रजस् m. [अग्निरिव रज्यते दीप्यते; रञ्ज्-असुन् नलोपः]
    1 a scarlet insect by name इन्द्रगोप.
    -2 (अग्नेः रजः) the might or power of Agni.
    -3 gold. Mb.3. 16.86.7
    -रहस्यम् mystery of (worshipping &c.) Agni; N. of the tenth book of Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa.
    -राशिः a heap of fire, burning pile.
    -रुहा [अग्निरिव रोहति रुह्-क] N. of the plant मांसादनी or मांसरोहिणी (तदङ्कुरस्य वह्नितुल्य- वर्णतया उत्पन्नत्वात्तथात्वं तस्याः).
    -रूप a. [अग्नेरिव रूपं वर्णो यस्य] fire-shaped; of the nature of fire.
    -रूपम् the nature of fire.
    -रेतस् n. the seed of Agni; (hence) gold.
    -रोहिणी [अग्निरिव रोहति; रुह्-णिनि] a hard inflammatory swelling in the armpit.
    -लोकः the world a Agni, which is situated below the summit of Meru; in the Purāṇas it is said to be in the अन्तरिक्ष, while in the Kāśī Khaṇḍa it is said to be to the south of इन्द्रपुरी; एतस्या दक्षिणे भागे येयं पूर्दृश्यते शुभा । इमामर्चिष्मतीं पश्य वीतिहोत्रपुरीं शुभाम् ॥
    -वधूः Svāhā, the daughter of Dakṣa and wife of Agni
    -वर्चस् a. [अग्नेर्वर्च इव वर्चो यस्य] glowing or bright like fire. (n.) the lustre of Agni. (-m.) N. of a teacher of the Purāṇas.
    -वर्ण a. [अग्नेरिव वर्णो यस्य] of the colour of fire; hot; fiery; सुरां पीत्वा द्विजो मोहादग्निवर्णां सुरां पिबेत् Ms.11.9; गोमूत्रमग्निवर्णं वा पिबेदुदकमेव वा 91.
    (र्णः) 1 N. of a prince, son of Sudarśana.
    -2 N. of a King of the solar race, See R.19.1. the colour of fire. (
    -र्णा) a strong liquor.
    -वर्धक a. stimulating digestion, tonic.
    (-कः) 1 a tonic.
    -2 regimen, diet (पथ्याहार).
    -वल्लभः [अग्नेर्वल्लभः सुखेन दाह्यत्वात्]
    1 the Śāla tree, Shorea Robusta.
    -2 the resinous juice of it.
    -वासस् a. [अग्निरिव शुद्धं वासो यस्य] having a red (pure like Agni) garment. (n.) a pure garment.
    -वाह a. [अग्निं वाहयति अनुमापयति वा]
    1 smoke.
    -2 a goat.
    -वाहनम् a goat (छाग).
    -विद् m.
    1 one who knows the mystery about Agni.
    -2 an अग्निहोत्रिन् q. v.
    -विमोचनम् ceremony of lowering the sacrificial fire.
    -विसर्पः pain from an inflamed tumour, inflammation.
    -विहरणम्, -विहारः 1 taking the sacrificial fire from आग्नीध्र to the उत्तरवेदि.
    -2 offering oblations to fire; प्रत्यासन्ना ˚वेला K.348.
    -वीर्यम् 1 power or might of Agni.
    -2 gold.
    -वेतालः Name of Vetāla (connected with the story of Vikra- māditya).
    -वेशः [अग्नेर्वेश इव] N. of an ancient medical authority (चरक).
    -वेश्मन् m. the fourteenth day of the karma-ṃāsa; Sūryaprajñapti.
    -वेश्यः 1 N. of a teacher, Mbh.
    -2 Name of the 22nd muhūrta; Sūryapraj- ñapti. धौम्य cf. Mb 14.64.8.
    -शरणम्, -शाला-लम् a fire-sanctuary; ˚मार्गमादेशय Ś.5; a house or place for keeping the sacred fire; ˚रक्षणाय स्थापितो$हम् V.3.
    -शर्मन् a. [अग्निरिव शृणाति तीव्रकोपत्वात् शॄ-मनिन्] very passionate. (-m.) N. of a sage.
    -शिख a. [अग्नेरिव अग्निरिव वा शिखा यस्य] fiery, fire-crested; दहतु ˚खैः सायकैः Rām.
    (-खः) 1 a lamp.
    -2 a rocket, fiery arrow.
    -3 an arrow in general.
    -4 safflower plant.
    -5 saffron.
    -6 जाङ्गलीवृक्ष.
    (-खम्) 1 saffron.
    -2 gold.
    (-खा) 1 a flame; शरैरग्निशिखोपमैः Mb.
    -2 N. of two plants लाङ्गली (Mar. वागचबका or कळलावी) Gloriosa Superba; of other plants (also Mar. कळलावी) Meni- spermum Cordifolium.
    -शुश्रूषा careful service or worship of fire.
    -शेखर a. fire-crested. (
    -रः) N. of the कुसुम्भ, कुङ्कुम and जाङ्गली trees (
    -रम्) gold,
    -शौच a. [अग्नेरिव शौचं यस्य] bright as fire; purified by fire K.252.
    -श्री a. [अग्नेरिव श्रीर्यस्य] glowing like fire; lighted by Agni
    -ष्टुत्, -ष्टुभ, -ष्टोम &c. see ˚ स्तुत्, ˚स्तुभ् &c.
    -ष्ठम् 1 kitchen; अग्निष्ठेष्वग्निशालासु Rām.6.1.16.
    -2 a fire-pan.
    -संयोगाः explosives. Kau. A.2.3.
    -ष्वात्तः see स्वात्तः
    -संस्कारः 1 consecration of fire.
    -2 hallowing or con- secrating by means of fire; burning on the funeral pile; यथार्हं ˚रं मालवाय दत्वा Dk.169; नास्य कार्यो$ग्निसंस्कारः Ms.5.69, पितरीवाग्निसंस्कारात्परा ववृतिरे क्रियाः । R.12.56.
    -सखः; -सहायः 1 the wind.
    -2 the wild pigeon (smoke- coloured).
    -3 smoke.
    -सम्भव a. [प. ब.] sprung or pro- duced from fire.
    (-वः) 1 wild safflower.
    -2 lymph, result of digestion. (
    -वम्) gold.
    -साक्षिक [अग्निः साक्षी यत्र, कप्] a. or adv. keeping fire for a witness, in the presence of fire; पञ्चबाण˚ M.4.12. ˚मर्यादो भर्ता हि शरणं स्त्रियाः H.1.v. l, R.11.48.
    -सारम् [अग्नौ सारं यस्य अत्यन्तानलोत्तापनेपि सारांशादहनात् Tv.] रसाञ्जन, a sort of medical preparation for the eyes. (
    -रः -रम्) power or essence of fire.
    -सुतः Kārttikeya; त्वामद्य निहनिष्यामि क्रौञ्चमग्निसुतो यथा । Mb.7.156.93.
    -सूत्रम् a thread of fire.
    -2 a girdle of sacrificial grass (मौञ्जीमेखला) put upon a young Brāhmaṇa at the time of investiture.
    -सूनुः (See -सुतः), (सेनानीरग्निभूर्गुहः । Amar.); देव्यङ्कसंविष्ट- मिवाग्निसूनुम् । Bu. ch.1.67.
    -स्तम्भः 1 stopping the burning power of Agni.
    -2 N. of a Mantra used in this operation.
    -3 N. of a medicine so used.
    -स्तुत् m. (अग्निष्टुत्) [अग्निः स्तूयते$त्र; स्तु-आधारे क्विप् षत्वम्] the first day of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice; N. of a por- tion of that sacrifice which extends over one day; यजेत वाश्वमेधेन स्वर्जिता गोसवेन वा । अभिजिद्विश्वजिद्भ्यां वा त्रिवृता- ग्निष्टुतापि वा ॥ Ms.11.74.
    -स्तुभ् (˚ष्टुभ्) m. [अग्निः स्तुभ्यते$त्र; स्तुभ्-क्विप् षत्वम्]
    1 = अग्निष्टोम.
    -2 N. of a son of the sixth Manu.
    -रतोमः (˚ष्टोमः) [अग्नेः स्तोमः स्तुतिसाधनं यत्र]
    1 N. of a protracted ceremony or sacrificeial rite extending over several days in spring and forming an essential part of the ज्योतिष्टोम.
    -2 a Mantra or Kalpa with reference to this sacrifice; ˚मे भवो मन्त्रः ˚मः; ˚मस्य व्याख्यानम्, कल्पः ˚मः P.IV.3.66. Vārt.
    -3 N. of the son of the sixth Manu.
    -4 a species of the Soma plant; ˚सामन् a part of the Sāma Veda chanted at the conclu- sion of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice.
    -सावर्णिः Name of Manu.
    -स्थ a. (ष्ठ) [अग्नौ स्थातुमर्हति; स्था-क षत्वम्] placed in, over, or near the fire. (ष्ठः) an iron frying-pan; in the अश्वमेध sacrifice the 11th Yūpa which of all the 21 is nearest the fire.
    -स्वात्तः (written both as ˚स्वात्त and ˚ष्वात्त) (pl.) [अग्नितः i. e. श्राद्धीयविप्रकर- रूपानलात् सुष्ठु आत्तं ग्रहणं येषां ते] N. of a class of Pitṛs or Manes who, when living on earth, maintained the sacred or domestic fires, but who did not perform the Agniṣṭoma and other sacrifices. They are regarded as Manes of Gods and Brāhmaṇas and also as descen- dants of Marīchi; Ms.3.195. अग्निष्वात्ताः पितर एह गच्छत Tsy.2.5.12.2. (मनुष्यजन्मन्यग्निष्टोमादियागमकृत्वा स्मार्तकर्मनिष्ठाः सन्तो मृत्वा च पितृत्वं गताः इति सायणः).
    -हुत्, -होतृ Ved. sacrificing to Agni, having Agni for a priest; Rv.1.66.8.
    -होत्रम् [अग्नये हूयते$त्र, हु-त्र, च. त.]
    1 an oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil and sour gruel.).
    -2 maintenance of the sacred fire and offering oblation to it; (अग्नये होत्रं होमो$स्मिन् कर्मणीति अग्निहोत्रमिति कर्मनाम); or the sacred fire itself; तपोवनाग्निहोत्रधूमलेखासु K.26. होता स्यात् ˚त्रस्य Ms.11.36. ˚त्रमुपासते 42; स्त्रीं दाहयेत् ˚त्रेण Ms.5.167,6.4, दाहयित्वाग्निहोत्रेण स्त्रियं वृत्तवतीम् Y.1.89. The time of throwing oblations into the fire is, as ordained by the sun himself, evening (अग्नये सायं जुहुयात् सूर्याय प्रातर्जुहुयात्). Agnihotra is of two kinds; नित्य of constant obligation (यावज्जीवमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति) and काम्य occasional or optional (उपसद्भिश्चरित्वा मासमेकमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति). (
    -त्र) a. Ved.
    1 destined for, connected with, Agnihotra.
    -2 sacrificing to Agni. ˚न्यायः The rule according to which the नित्यकर्मन्s (which are to be performed यावज्जीवम्) are performed at their stipulated or scheduled time only, during one's life time. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर at Ms.6. 2.23-26. in connection with अग्निहोत्र and other कर्मन्s. ˚हवनी (णी) a ladle used in sacrificial libations, or अग्निहोत्रहविर्ग्रहणी ऋक् Tv.; See हविर्ग्रहणी; ˚हुत् offering the अग्निहोत्र; ˚आहुतिः invocation or oblation connected with अग्निहोत्र.
    -होत्रिन् a. [अग्निहोत्र-मत्वर्थे इनि]
    1 one who practises the Agnihotra, or consecrates and maintains the sacred fire.
    -2 one who has prepared the sacrifi- cial place.
    -होत्री Sacrificial cow; तामग्निहोत्रीमृषयो जगृहु- र्ब्रह्मवादिनः Bhāg.8.8.2.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अग्निः _agniḥ

  • 10 AF

    of
    * * *
    prep. w. dat.
    I. Of place:
    1) off, from;
    G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;
    ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;
    Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;
    Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;
    hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;
    Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;
    tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;
    bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;
    hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;
    vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;
    muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;
    rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;
    vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;
    lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;
    vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;
    2) out of;
    verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;
    gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;
    Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.
    Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.
    II. Of time; past, beyond:
    af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;
    ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;
    þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;
    var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.
    III. In various other relations:
    1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;
    hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;
    vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;
    féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;
    þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;
    þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;
    ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;
    2) off, of;
    höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;
    vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;
    þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;
    absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;
    fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;
    3) of, among;
    hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;
    4) with;
    hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;
    fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;
    5) of (= ór which is more frequent);
    húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;
    6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;
    hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;
    7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;
    ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;
    kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;
    8) by, of (after passive);
    ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;
    ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;
    9) on account of, by reason of, by;
    úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;
    ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;
    af ástæld hans, by his popularity;
    af því, therefore;
    af hví, wherefor why;
    af því at, because;
    10) by means of, by;
    framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;
    af sínu fé, by one’s own means;
    absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;
    11) with adjectives, in regard to;
    mildr af fé, liberal of money;
    góðr af griðum, merciful;
    12) used absol. with a verb, off away;
    hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;
    ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;
    sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.
    * * *
    prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.
    A. Loc.
    I. With motion, off, from:
    1. prop. corresp. to á,
    α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.
    β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.
    γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.
    δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.
    ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.
    ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).
    2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).
    II. WITHOUT MOTION:
    1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.
    2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.
    β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.
    γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.
    3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.
    β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.
    4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.
    B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:
    1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.
    2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.
    3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.
    C. In various other relations:
    I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.
    1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.
    2. where an object is taken by force:
    α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.
    β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.
    γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.
    3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.
    β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.
    II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.
    β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.
    γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.
    2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.
    β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.
    γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.
    δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.
    3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.
    III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.
    2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.
    IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:
    1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.
    β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.
    2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.
    β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.
    V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:
    1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.
    2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.
    VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:
    1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.
    β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.
    2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.
    β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.
    3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.
    4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.
    5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.
    VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:
    1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.
    β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.
    2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.
    VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.
    IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.
    β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;
    γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.
    δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.
    X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.
    2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.
    XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).
    D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:
    I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.
    II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF

  • 11 cornu

    cornū, ūs (so Caes. B. C. 3, 68 Dint.; Luc. 7, 217; Plin. 28, 11, 46, § 163 et saep.; Curt. 4, 12, 11 al.; ū in the connection cornu bubuli and cornu cervini; also Cael. Aur. Tard. 3, 5, 76; Veg. Art. Vet. 1, 20, 1 al.; cf. esp. Neue, Formenl. 1, p. 355), n. (access. form cornum, i, n., Varr. R. R. 3, 9, 14; Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 5 Fleck.; Lucr. 2, 388; Ov. M. 2, 874; Scrib. Comp. 141; Gell. 14, 6, 2 al.; gen. plur. cornorum, Scrib. Comp. 60. —An access. form cornus, ūs, has been assumed on account of the rel. masc. in the passage:

    nares similes cornibus iis, qui, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 59, 149, if the reading is correct.—The dat. sing. apparently never used;

    for in the connection: laevo cornu Cotys rex praeerat... dextro cornu praepositus C. Licinius Crassus,

    Liv. 42, 58, 6 and 7, the supposition of the abl. is more in acc. with the usage of Livy; cf.:

    Antipatrum in laevo praeposuit,

    id. 37, 41, 1 et saep.) [kindred with keras, and Germ. and Engl. horn; cf. also carina, cervus], a horn.
    I.
    Lit., a hard and generally crooked growth upon the head of many mammiferous animals (very freq. in all periods and species of composition), Plin. 11, 37, 45, § 123 sq.; Cic. N. D. 2, 47, 121;

    of a bullock,

    Lucr. 5, 1033; 5, 1324; Cat. 64, 111; Ov. M. 9, 186; Hor. C. 3, 27, 72; id. S. 1, 5, 58 et saep.;

    also of the constellation Taurus,

    Ov. M. 2, 80;

    of the ram,

    id. ib. 5, 328; and the constellation Aries, Cic. poët. N. D. 2, 43, 111;

    of the he-goat,

    Verg. E. 9, 25;

    of kids,

    id. G. 2, 526 al. —Of the antlers of a stag, Ov. M. 3, 194; 10, 111; Verg. A. 10, 725 al.: Cornu Copiae (less correctly, but freq. in late Lat., as one word, Cornūcōpĭae, and twice Cornūcōpĭa, ae, f., Amm. 22, 9, 1; 25, 2, 3), acc. to the fable, the horn of the goat Amalthea placed in heaven, Greek Keras Amaltheias (v. Amalthea), the emblem of fruitfulness and abundance, Plaut. Ps. 2, 3, 5; Gell. 14, 6, 2; cf. Hor. C. 1, 17, 16; id. C. S. 60; id. Ep. 1, 12, 29; Ov. M. 9, 88.—
    B.
    Meton., of things similar to horn in substance or form, or made of horn.
    1.
    That which is similar to horn in substance.
    a.
    A hoof, Cato, R. R. 72; Verg. G. 3, 88; Sil. 13, 327.—
    b.
    Of the bills of birds, Ov. M. 14, 502.—
    c.
    The horny skin covering the eye, Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 148.—
    d.
    A horny excrescence on the head, a wart, Hor. S. 1, 5, 58.— Far more freq.,
    2.
    That which is similar to a horn in form, a projecting extremity, the point or end of any object.
    a.
    The tooth or tusk of an elephant, ivory, Varr. L. L. 7, § 39 Müll.; Plin. 8, 3, 4, § 7; 18, 1, 1, § 2:

    cornu Indicum,

    Mart. 1, 73, 4.—
    b.
    The horns of the moon, Cic. Fragm. ap. Non. p. 122, 2; Verg. G. 1, 433; Ov. M. 1, 11; 2, 117 et saep.—
    c.
    The branches of a river, Ov. M. 9, 774.—Hence, the river-gods were represented with horns, Verg. G. 4, 371; Mart. 10, 7 et saep.; cf.: corniger, tauriformis, etc., and v. Lidd. and Scott under keras, V.—
    d.
    The arm of the shore forming a harbor, a tongue of land, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 14, 1; Ov. M. 5, 410; Plin. 4, 21, 35, § 113.—
    e.
    The extremity or end of the sailyards, Verg. A. 3, 549; 5, 832; Ov. M. 11, 476; Hor. Epod. 16, 59; Sil. 14. 389.—
    f.
    The cone of a helmet in which the crest was placed:

    cornua cristae,

    Verg. A. 12, 89:

    alterum cornu galeae,

    Liv. 27, 33, 2.—
    g.
    The end of the stick around which books were rolled, usually ornamented with ivory, Tib. 3, 1, 13; Ov. Tr. 1, 1, 8; Mart. 11, 107. —
    h.
    The side of a bow in the form of a horn, Ov. M. 1, 455; 5, 56; 2, 603.—
    i.
    The horn-shaped side of the cithara (perh. the sounding-board), Cic. N. D. 2, 59, 149 fin. —
    k.
    The top or summit of a mountain:

    cornua Parnasi,

    Stat. Th. 5, 532; Curt. 3, 4, 4. —
    1.
    The point, end, extremity, wing of a place, Liv. 25, 3, 17; Tac. A. 1, 75; Plin. 34, 6, 12, § 26 al.—
    m.
    The wing of an army (very freq.), Caes. B. G. 1, 52 (three times); 2, 23; 2, 25; 7, 62 (twice); Liv. 9, 40, 3 sq(seven times).—
    * (β).
    Transf.:

    cornua disputationis tuae commovere,

    i. e. to drive back, Cic. Div. 2, 10, 26 (v. the passage in connection).—
    n.
    The feeler or claw of an insect, Plin. 9, 30, 50, § 95; 9, 31, 51, § 99 al. —
    o.
    The stiff hair of the Germans:

    quis stupuit Germani lumina, flavam Caesariem et madido torquentem cornua cirro?

    Juv. 13, 165.—
    3.
    Of objects made of horn.
    a.
    A bow, Verg. E. 10, 59; Ov. M. 5, 383; Sil. 2, 109 al.—
    b.
    A bugle-horn, a horn, trumpet (cornua, quod ea, quae nunc sunt ex aere, tunc fiebant bubulo e cornu, Varr. L. L. 5, § 117 Müll.), Lucil. ap. Non. p. 265, 5; Lucr. 2, 620; Verg. A. 7, 615; Ov. M. 1, 98; 3, 533; Hor. C. 1, 18, 14; 2, 1, 17; Juv. 2, 90; 6, 315.—Connected with tubae, Cic. Sull. 5, 17; Tac. A. 1, 68; 2, 81, cf. Dict. of Antiq., s. v. cornu.—In a sarcastic double sense with a.: dum tendit citharam noster, dum cornua Parthus, Poët. ap. Suet. Ner. 39 (v. the passage in connection).—
    c.
    The sides of the lyre, originally consisting of two horns, giving resonance to the strings, Cic. N. D. 2, 57, 144; 2, 59, 149.—
    d.
    A lantern, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 185; cf. Lucr 2, 388; and Plin. 11, 16, 16, § 49.—
    e.
    An oil cruet, Hor S. 2, 2, 61.—
    f.
    A funnel, Verg. G. 3, 509; Col. 6, 2, 7 al.—
    II.
    Trop., as an emblem of power, courage, strength, might (the figure taken from bullocks. Also in Heb. a very freq. metaph.; cf. Gesen. Lex. s. v., p. 906, 6; poet.):

    ne in re secundā nunc mi obvortat cornua,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 3, 5:

    venerunt capiti cornua sera meo,

    Ov. Am. 3, 11,:

    tunc pauper cornua sumit,

    gains strength, courage, id. A. A. 1, 239; cf.

    . tu (sc. amphora) addis cornua pauperi, etc.,

    Hor. C. 3, 21, 18.—Hence Bacchus, as a giver of courage, is represented with horns, Tib. 2, 1, 3; Hor. C. 2, 19, 30; v. Bacchus, I.; cf. of a river-god, I. B. 2. c. supra.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > cornu

  • 12 Cornucopia

    cornū, ūs (so Caes. B. C. 3, 68 Dint.; Luc. 7, 217; Plin. 28, 11, 46, § 163 et saep.; Curt. 4, 12, 11 al.; ū in the connection cornu bubuli and cornu cervini; also Cael. Aur. Tard. 3, 5, 76; Veg. Art. Vet. 1, 20, 1 al.; cf. esp. Neue, Formenl. 1, p. 355), n. (access. form cornum, i, n., Varr. R. R. 3, 9, 14; Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 5 Fleck.; Lucr. 2, 388; Ov. M. 2, 874; Scrib. Comp. 141; Gell. 14, 6, 2 al.; gen. plur. cornorum, Scrib. Comp. 60. —An access. form cornus, ūs, has been assumed on account of the rel. masc. in the passage:

    nares similes cornibus iis, qui, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 59, 149, if the reading is correct.—The dat. sing. apparently never used;

    for in the connection: laevo cornu Cotys rex praeerat... dextro cornu praepositus C. Licinius Crassus,

    Liv. 42, 58, 6 and 7, the supposition of the abl. is more in acc. with the usage of Livy; cf.:

    Antipatrum in laevo praeposuit,

    id. 37, 41, 1 et saep.) [kindred with keras, and Germ. and Engl. horn; cf. also carina, cervus], a horn.
    I.
    Lit., a hard and generally crooked growth upon the head of many mammiferous animals (very freq. in all periods and species of composition), Plin. 11, 37, 45, § 123 sq.; Cic. N. D. 2, 47, 121;

    of a bullock,

    Lucr. 5, 1033; 5, 1324; Cat. 64, 111; Ov. M. 9, 186; Hor. C. 3, 27, 72; id. S. 1, 5, 58 et saep.;

    also of the constellation Taurus,

    Ov. M. 2, 80;

    of the ram,

    id. ib. 5, 328; and the constellation Aries, Cic. poët. N. D. 2, 43, 111;

    of the he-goat,

    Verg. E. 9, 25;

    of kids,

    id. G. 2, 526 al. —Of the antlers of a stag, Ov. M. 3, 194; 10, 111; Verg. A. 10, 725 al.: Cornu Copiae (less correctly, but freq. in late Lat., as one word, Cornūcōpĭae, and twice Cornūcōpĭa, ae, f., Amm. 22, 9, 1; 25, 2, 3), acc. to the fable, the horn of the goat Amalthea placed in heaven, Greek Keras Amaltheias (v. Amalthea), the emblem of fruitfulness and abundance, Plaut. Ps. 2, 3, 5; Gell. 14, 6, 2; cf. Hor. C. 1, 17, 16; id. C. S. 60; id. Ep. 1, 12, 29; Ov. M. 9, 88.—
    B.
    Meton., of things similar to horn in substance or form, or made of horn.
    1.
    That which is similar to horn in substance.
    a.
    A hoof, Cato, R. R. 72; Verg. G. 3, 88; Sil. 13, 327.—
    b.
    Of the bills of birds, Ov. M. 14, 502.—
    c.
    The horny skin covering the eye, Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 148.—
    d.
    A horny excrescence on the head, a wart, Hor. S. 1, 5, 58.— Far more freq.,
    2.
    That which is similar to a horn in form, a projecting extremity, the point or end of any object.
    a.
    The tooth or tusk of an elephant, ivory, Varr. L. L. 7, § 39 Müll.; Plin. 8, 3, 4, § 7; 18, 1, 1, § 2:

    cornu Indicum,

    Mart. 1, 73, 4.—
    b.
    The horns of the moon, Cic. Fragm. ap. Non. p. 122, 2; Verg. G. 1, 433; Ov. M. 1, 11; 2, 117 et saep.—
    c.
    The branches of a river, Ov. M. 9, 774.—Hence, the river-gods were represented with horns, Verg. G. 4, 371; Mart. 10, 7 et saep.; cf.: corniger, tauriformis, etc., and v. Lidd. and Scott under keras, V.—
    d.
    The arm of the shore forming a harbor, a tongue of land, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 14, 1; Ov. M. 5, 410; Plin. 4, 21, 35, § 113.—
    e.
    The extremity or end of the sailyards, Verg. A. 3, 549; 5, 832; Ov. M. 11, 476; Hor. Epod. 16, 59; Sil. 14. 389.—
    f.
    The cone of a helmet in which the crest was placed:

    cornua cristae,

    Verg. A. 12, 89:

    alterum cornu galeae,

    Liv. 27, 33, 2.—
    g.
    The end of the stick around which books were rolled, usually ornamented with ivory, Tib. 3, 1, 13; Ov. Tr. 1, 1, 8; Mart. 11, 107. —
    h.
    The side of a bow in the form of a horn, Ov. M. 1, 455; 5, 56; 2, 603.—
    i.
    The horn-shaped side of the cithara (perh. the sounding-board), Cic. N. D. 2, 59, 149 fin. —
    k.
    The top or summit of a mountain:

    cornua Parnasi,

    Stat. Th. 5, 532; Curt. 3, 4, 4. —
    1.
    The point, end, extremity, wing of a place, Liv. 25, 3, 17; Tac. A. 1, 75; Plin. 34, 6, 12, § 26 al.—
    m.
    The wing of an army (very freq.), Caes. B. G. 1, 52 (three times); 2, 23; 2, 25; 7, 62 (twice); Liv. 9, 40, 3 sq(seven times).—
    * (β).
    Transf.:

    cornua disputationis tuae commovere,

    i. e. to drive back, Cic. Div. 2, 10, 26 (v. the passage in connection).—
    n.
    The feeler or claw of an insect, Plin. 9, 30, 50, § 95; 9, 31, 51, § 99 al. —
    o.
    The stiff hair of the Germans:

    quis stupuit Germani lumina, flavam Caesariem et madido torquentem cornua cirro?

    Juv. 13, 165.—
    3.
    Of objects made of horn.
    a.
    A bow, Verg. E. 10, 59; Ov. M. 5, 383; Sil. 2, 109 al.—
    b.
    A bugle-horn, a horn, trumpet (cornua, quod ea, quae nunc sunt ex aere, tunc fiebant bubulo e cornu, Varr. L. L. 5, § 117 Müll.), Lucil. ap. Non. p. 265, 5; Lucr. 2, 620; Verg. A. 7, 615; Ov. M. 1, 98; 3, 533; Hor. C. 1, 18, 14; 2, 1, 17; Juv. 2, 90; 6, 315.—Connected with tubae, Cic. Sull. 5, 17; Tac. A. 1, 68; 2, 81, cf. Dict. of Antiq., s. v. cornu.—In a sarcastic double sense with a.: dum tendit citharam noster, dum cornua Parthus, Poët. ap. Suet. Ner. 39 (v. the passage in connection).—
    c.
    The sides of the lyre, originally consisting of two horns, giving resonance to the strings, Cic. N. D. 2, 57, 144; 2, 59, 149.—
    d.
    A lantern, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 185; cf. Lucr 2, 388; and Plin. 11, 16, 16, § 49.—
    e.
    An oil cruet, Hor S. 2, 2, 61.—
    f.
    A funnel, Verg. G. 3, 509; Col. 6, 2, 7 al.—
    II.
    Trop., as an emblem of power, courage, strength, might (the figure taken from bullocks. Also in Heb. a very freq. metaph.; cf. Gesen. Lex. s. v., p. 906, 6; poet.):

    ne in re secundā nunc mi obvortat cornua,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 3, 5:

    venerunt capiti cornua sera meo,

    Ov. Am. 3, 11,:

    tunc pauper cornua sumit,

    gains strength, courage, id. A. A. 1, 239; cf.

    . tu (sc. amphora) addis cornua pauperi, etc.,

    Hor. C. 3, 21, 18.—Hence Bacchus, as a giver of courage, is represented with horns, Tib. 2, 1, 3; Hor. C. 2, 19, 30; v. Bacchus, I.; cf. of a river-god, I. B. 2. c. supra.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Cornucopia

  • 13 locum

    I
    place, territory/locality/neighborhood/region; position/point; aim point; site; region, places (pl.); places connected with each other
    II
    seat, rank, position; soldier's post; quarters; category; book passage, topic; region, places (pl.); places connected with each other

    Latin-English dictionary > locum

  • 14 in

    1.
    in (old forms endŏ and indŭ, freq. in ante-class. poets; cf. Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4; id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2; Lucil. ap. Lact. 5, 9, 20; Lucr. 2, 1096; 5, 102; 6, 890 et saep.), prep. with abl. and acc. [kindr. with Sanscr. an; Greek en, en-tha, en-then, eis, i. e. en-s, ana; Goth. ana; Germ. in], denotes either rest or motion within or into a place or thing; opp. to ex; in, within, on, upon, among, at; into, to, towards.
    I.
    With abl.
    A.
    In space.
    1.
    Lit., in (with abl. of the place or thing in which):

    aliorum fructus in terra est, aliorum et extra,

    Plin. 19, 4, 22, § 61:

    alii in corde, alii in cerebro dixerunt animi esse sedem et locum,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:

    eo in rostris sedente suasit Serviliam legem Crassus,

    id. Brut. 43, 161:

    qui sunt cives in eadem re publica,

    id. Rep. 1, 32 fin.:

    facillimam in ea re publica esse concordiam, in qua idem conducat omnibus,

    id. ib.:

    T. Labienus ex loco superiore, quae res in nostris castris gererentur, conspicatus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 26, 4:

    quod si in scaena, id est in contione verum valet, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 26, 97:

    in foro palam Syracusis,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 33, § 81:

    plures in eo loco sine vulnere quam in proelio aut fuga intereunt,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 35:

    tulit de caede, quae in Appia via facta esset,

    Cic. Mil. 6, 15:

    in via fornicata,

    Liv. 22, 36:

    vigebat in illa domo mos patrius et disciplina,

    Cic. de Sen. 11, 37:

    in domo furtum factum ab eo qui domi fuit,

    Quint. 5, 10, 16:

    nupta in domo,

    Liv. 6, 34, 9:

    copias in castris continent,

    in, within, Caes. B. C. 1, 66:

    cum in angusto quodam pulpito stans diceret,

    Quint. 11, 3, 130:

    se ac suos in vehiculo conspici,

    Liv. 5, 40, 10:

    malo in illa tua sedecula sedere, quam in istorum sella curuli,

    Cic. Att. 4, 10:

    sedere in solio,

    id. Fin. 2, 21, 66:

    Albae constiterant, in urbe opportuna,

    id. Phil. 4, 2, 6. —

    Sometimes, also, with names of places: omnes se ultro sectari in Epheso memorat mulieres,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 182:

    heri aliquot adolescentuli coiimus in Piraeo,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 4, 1:

    navis et in Cajeta est parata nobis et Brundisii,

    Cic. Att. 8, 3, 6:

    complures (naves) in Hispali faciendas curavit,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 18:

    caesos in Marathone ac Salamine,

    Quint. 12, 10, 24:

    in Berenice urbe Troglodytarum,

    Plin. 2, 73, 75, § 183.—
    2.
    In indicating a multitude or number, of, in, or among which a person or thing is, in, among (= gen. part.):

    in his poeta hic nomen profitetur suum,

    Ter. Eun. prol. 3:

    Thales, qui sapientissimus in septem fuit,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 11, 26:

    peto ut eum complectare, diligas, in tuis habeas,

    id. Fam. 13, 78, 2; cf.:

    in perditis et desperatis,

    id. ib. 13, 56, 1:

    omnia quae secundum naturam fiunt, sunt habenda in bonis,

    id. de Sen. 19, 71:

    dolor in maximis malis ducitur,

    id. Leg. 1, 11, 31:

    justissimus unus in Teucris,

    Verg. A. 2, 426:

    cecidere in pugna ad duo milia... in his quatuor Romani centuriones,

    Liv. 27, 12, 16:

    in diis et feminae sunt,

    Lact. 1, 16, 17.—
    3.
    Of analogous relations of place or position:

    sedere in equo,

    on horseback, id. Verr. 2, 5, 10:

    quid legati in equis,

    id. Pis. 25, 60:

    sedere in leone,

    Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 109:

    in eo flumine pons erat,

    on, over, Caes. B. G. 2, 5:

    in herboso Apidano,

    on the banks of, Prop. 1, 3, 6:

    in digitis,

    on tiptoe, Val. Fl. 4, 267:

    castra in limite locat,

    on the rampart, Tac. A. 1, 50:

    ipse coronam habebat unam in capite, alteram in collo,

    on, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27:

    oleae in arbore,

    Cels. 2, 24:

    Caesaris in barbaris erat nomen obscurius,

    among, Caes. B. C. 1, 61:

    in ceteris nationibus, Cels. praef. 1: qui in Brutiis praeerat,

    Liv. 25, 16, 7:

    in juvenibus,

    Quint. 11, 1, 32:

    nutus in mutis pro sermone est,

    id. 11, 3, 66.—Of dress, like cum, q. v.:

    in veste candida,

    Liv. 45, 20, 5; 34, 7, 3:

    in calceis,

    id. 24, 38, 2:

    in insignibus,

    id. 5, 41, 2:

    in tunicis albis,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 27, 13:

    in Persico et vulgari habitu,

    Curt. 3, 3, 4:

    in lugubri veste,

    id. 10, 5, 17:

    in Tyriis,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 297:

    in Cois,

    id. ib. v. 298; cf.:

    homines in catenis Romam mittere,

    Liv. 29, 21, 12; 32, 1, 8: quis multa te in rosa urget, etc., Hor C. 1, 5, 1; so, in viola aut in rosa, Cic. Tusc. [p. 912] 5, 26, 73.—So of arms:

    duas legiones in armis,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 3, 395:

    in armis hostis,

    under arms, Ov. M. 12,65:

    quae in ore atque in oculis provinciae gesta sunt (= coram),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 33, § 81; so,

    in oculis provinciae,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 2:

    in oculis omnium,

    id. ib. 1, 3, 7:

    divitiae, decus, gloria in oculis sita sunt,

    Sall. C. 20, 14; Curt. 4, 13, 1; Liv. 22, 12, 6:

    Julianus in ore ejus (Vitellii) jugulatur,

    Tac. H. 3, 77; Sen. Ben. 7, 19, 7.—Of a passage in any writing (but when the author is named, by meton., for his works, apud is used, Krebs, Antibarb. p. 561):

    in populorum institutis aut legibus,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 15, 42:

    in illis libris qui sunt de natura deorum,

    id. Fat. 1, 1:

    in Timaeo dicit,

    id. N. D. 1, 12, 30:

    epistula, in qua omnia perscripta erant,

    Nep. Pelop. 3, 2:

    perscribit in litteris, hostes ab se discessisse,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 49; but in is also used with an author's name when, not a place in his book, but a feature of his style, etc., is referred to:

    in Thucydide orbem modo orationis desidero,

    Cic. Or. 71, 234:

    in Herodoto omnia leniter fluunt,

    Quint. 9, 4, 18.—Of books:

    libri oratorii diu in manibus fuerunt,

    Cic. Att. 4, 13, 2; id. Lael. 25, 96; but more freq. trop.: in manibus habere, tenere, etc., to be engaged, occupied with, to have under control or within reach:

    philosophi quamcunque rem habent in manibus,

    id. Tusc. 5, 7, 18:

    quam spem nunc habeat in manibus, exponam,

    id. Verr. 1, 6, 16:

    rem habere in manibus,

    id. Att. 6, 3, 1; cf.:

    neque mihi in manu fuit Jugurtha qualis foret,

    in my power, Sall. J. 14, 4:

    postquam nihil esse in manu sua respondebatur,

    Liv. 32, 24, 2:

    quod ipsorum in manu sit,... bellum an pacem malint,

    Tac. A. 2, 46; but, cum tantum belli in manibus esset, was in hand, busied (cf.:

    inter manus),

    Liv. 4, 57, 1; so,

    quorum epistulas in manu teneo,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 4, 9; cf. id. Att. 2, 2, 2:

    in manu poculum tenens,

    id. Tusc. 1, 29, 71:

    coronati et lauream in manu tenentes,

    Liv. 40, 37, 3; Suet. Claud. 15 fin. —Of that which is thought of as existing in the mind, memory, character, etc.:

    in animo esse,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 11:

    in animo habere,

    id. Rosc. Am. 18, 52:

    lex est ratio insita in natura,

    id. Leg. 1, 6, 18:

    in memoria sedere,

    id. de Or. 2, 28, 122; cf.:

    tacito mutos volvunt in pectore questus,

    Luc. 1, 247:

    quanta auctoritas fuit in C. Metello!

    Cic. de Sen. 17, 61. —So freq. of a person's qualities of mind or character:

    erat in eo summa eloquentia, summa fides,

    Cic. Mur. 28, 58; cf.:

    in omni animante est summum aliquid atque optimum, ut in equis,

    id. Fin. 4, 41, 37:

    si quid artis in medicis est,

    Curt. 3, 5, 13; cf.:

    nibil esse in morte timendum,

    Lucr. 3, 866.— Esp., in eo loco, in that state or condition:

    in eo enim loco res sunt nostrae, ut, etc.,

    Liv. 7, 35, 7: si vos in eo loco essetis, quid aliud fecissetis? Cat. ap. Quint. 9, 2, 21; so,

    quo in loco, etc.: cum ex equitum et calonum fuga, quo in loco res essent, cognovissent,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 26:

    videtis, quo in loco res haec siet, Ter Phorm. 2, 4, 6: quod ipse, si in eodem loco esset, facturus fuerit,

    Liv. 37, 14, 5.—Hence, without loco, in eo esse ut, etc., to be in such a condition, etc.:

    non in eo esse Carthaginiensium res, ut Galliam armis obtineant,

    Liv. 30, 19, 3:

    cum res non in eo esset, ut Cyprum tentaret,

    id. 33, 41, 9; 8, 27, 3; 2, 17, 5; Nep. Mil. 7, 3; id. Paus. 5, 1 (cf. I. C. 1. infra).—
    B.
    In time, indicating its duration, in, during, in the course of:

    feci ego istaec itidem in adulescentia,

    in my youth, when I was young, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 6:

    in tempore hoc,

    Ter. And. 4, 5, 24:

    in hoc tempore,

    Tac. A. 13, 47:

    in tali tempore,

    Sall. C. 48, 5; Liv. 22, 35; 24, 28 al.:

    in diebus paucis,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 77:

    in brevi spatio,

    id. Heaut. 5, 2, 2; Suet. Vesp. 4:

    in qua aetate,

    Cic. Brut. 43 fin.:

    in ea aetate,

    Liv. 1, 57:

    in omni aetate,

    Cic. de Sen. 3, 9:

    in aetate, qua jam Alexander orbem terrarum subegisset,

    Suet. Caes. 7:

    qua (sc. Iphigenia) nihil erat in eo quidem anno natum pulchrius,

    in the course of, during the year, Cic. Off. 3, 25, 95 (al. eo quidem anno):

    nihil in vita se simile fecisse,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 91: nihil in vita vidit calamitatis A. Cluentius. id. Clu. 6, 18:

    in tota vita inconstans,

    id. Tusc. 4, 13, 29.—
    b.
    In tempore, at the right or proper time, in time (Cic. uses only tempore; v. tempus): eccum ipsum video in tempore huc se recipere, Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 24:

    ni pedites equitesque in tempore subvenissent,

    Liv. 33, 5:

    spreta in tempore gloria interdum cumulatior redit,

    id. 2, 47:

    rebellaturi,

    Tac. A. 12, 50:

    atque adeo in ipso tempore eccum ipsum obviam,

    Ter. And. 3, 2, 52: in tempore, opportune. Nos sine praepositione dicimus tempore et tempori, Don. ad Ter. And. 4, 4, 19.—
    c.
    In praesentia and in praesenti, at present, now, at this moment, under these circumstances:

    sic enim mihi in praesentia occurrit,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 8, 14:

    vestrae quidem cenae non solum in praesentia, sed etiam postero die jucundae sunt,

    id. ib. 5, 35, 100:

    id quod unum maxime in praesentia desiderabatur,

    Liv. 21, 37:

    haec ad te in praesenti scripsi, ut, etc.,

    for the present, Cic. Fam. 2, 10, 4.—
    d.
    With gerunds and fut. pass. participles, to indicate duration of time, in:

    fit, ut distrahatur in deliberando animus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 3, 9; id. Fam. 2, 6, 2:

    vitiosum esse in dividendo partem in genere numerare,

    id. Fin. 2, 9, 26:

    quod in litteris dandis praeter consuetudinem proxima nocte vigilarat,

    id. Cat. 3, 3, 6:

    ne in quaerendis suis pugnandi tempus dimitteret,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 21:

    in agris vastandis incendiisque faciendis hostibus,

    in laying waste, id. ib. 5, 19:

    in excidenda Numantia,

    Cic. Off. 1, 22, 76:

    cum in immolanda Iphigenia tristis Calchas esset,

    id. Or. 21, 74.—
    C.
    In other relations, where a person or thing is thought of as in a certain condition, situation, or relation, in:

    qui magno in aere alieno majores etiam possessiones habent,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 8, 18:

    se in insperatis repentinisque pecuniis jactare,

    id. Cat. 2, 9, 20:

    Larinum in summo timore omnium cum armatis advolavit,

    id. Clu. 8, 25.—

    So freq., of qualities or states of mind: summa in sollicitudine ac timore Parthici belli,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 31:

    torpescentne dextrae in amentia illa?

    Liv. 23, 9, 7:

    hunc diem perpetuum in laetitia degere,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 5; Cic. Cat. 4, 1, 2:

    in metu,

    Tac. A. 14, 43:

    in voluptate,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 19, 62:

    alicui in amore esse,

    beloved, id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 3:

    alicui in amoribus esse,

    id. Att. 6, 1, 12:

    res in invidia erat,

    Sall. J. 25, 5; Liv. 29, 37, 17: sum in expectatione omnium rerum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 10:

    num... Diogenem Stoicum coegit in suis studiis obmutescere senectus?

    in his studies, Cic. de Sen. 7, 21:

    mirificam cepi voluptatem ex tua diligentia: quod in summis tuis occupationibus mihi tamen rei publicae statum per te notum esse voluisti,

    even in, notwithstanding your great occupations, id. Fam. 3, 11, 4.—

    So freq., of business, employment, occupations, etc.: in aliqua re versari,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 47, § 105:

    similia iis, quae in consilio dixerat,

    Curt. 5, 5, 23:

    in certamine armorum atque in omni palaestra quid satis recte cavetur,

    Quint. 9, 4, 8:

    agi in judiciis,

    id. 11, 1, 78:

    tum vos mihi essetis in consilio,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 18, 28:

    in actione... dicere,

    Quint. 8, 2, 2.—Of an office, magistracy:

    in quo tum magistratu forte Brutus erat,

    Liv. 1, 59, 7; 4, 17, 1:

    in eo magistratu pari diligentia se praebuit,

    Nep. Han. 7, 5 (cf. B. 1. supra):

    in ea ipsa causa fuit eloquentissimus,

    Cic. Brut, 43, 160:

    qui non defendit nec obsistit, si potest, injuriae, tam est in vitio, quam, etc.,

    is in the wrong, acts wrongly, id. Off. 1, 7, 23:

    etsi hoc quidem est in vitio, dissolutionem naturae tam valde perhorrescere,

    is wrong, id. Fin. 5, 11, 31:

    non sunt in eo genere tantae commoditates corporis,

    id. ib. 4, 12, 29; cf.:

    an omnino nulla sit in eo genere distinctio,

    id. Or. 61, 205:

    Drusus erat de praevaricatione absolutus in summa quatuor sententiis,

    on the whole, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 16; cf.:

    et in omni summa, ut mones, valde me ad otium pacemque converto,

    id. ib. 3, 5, 5;

    but, in summa, sic maxime judex credit, etc.,

    in a word, in fine, Quint. 9, 2, 72; Auct. B. Alex. 71; Just. 37, 1, 8:

    horum (juvenum) inductio in parte simulacrum decurrentis exercitus erat: ex parte elegantioris exercitii quam militaris artis,

    in part, Liv. 44, 9, 5; cf.:

    quod mihi in parte verum videtur,

    Quint. 2, 8, 6:

    patronorum in parte expeditior, in parte difficilior interrogatio est,

    id. 5, 7, 22:

    hoc facere in eo homine consueverunt,

    in the case of, Caes. B. G. 7, 21:

    in furibus aerarii,

    Sall. C. 52, 12:

    Achilles talis in hoste fuit,

    Verg. A. 2, 540:

    in hoc homine saepe a me quaeris, etc.,

    in the case of, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 3, § 6: in nominibus impiis, Sall. C. 51, 15:

    suspectus et in morte matris fuit,

    Suet. Vit. 14:

    qui praesentes metuunt, in absentia hostes erunt, = absentes,

    Curt. 6, 3, 8 (cf. I. B. c. supra).—Of the meaning of words, etc.:

    non solum in eodem sensu, sed etiam in diverso, eadem verba contra,

    Quint. 9, 3, 36:

    aliter voces aut eaedem in diversa significatione ponuntur,

    id. 9, 3, 69:

    Sallustius in significatione ista non superesse sed superare dicit,

    Gell. 1, 22, 15:

    stips non dicitur in significatione trunci,

    Charis. 1, 18, 39:

    semper in significatione ea hortus,

    Plin. 19, 4, 19, § 50. —
    2.
    In with abl. of adjj. is used with the verbs esse and habere to express quality:

    cum exitus haud in facili essent, i. e. haud faciles,

    Liv. 3, 8, 9:

    adeo moderatio tuendae libertatis in difficili est,

    id. 3, 8, 11; 3, 65, 11; but mostly with adjj. of the first and second declension:

    in obscuro esse, Liv. praef. § 3: in dubio esse,

    id. 2, 3, 1; 3, 19, 8; Ov. H. 19, 174:

    dum in dubiost animus,

    Ter. And. 1, 5, 31; 2, 2, 10:

    in integro esse,

    Cic. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 11, 15, 4:

    in incerto esse,

    Liv. 5, 28, 5:

    in obvio esse,

    id. 37, 23, 1:

    in tuto esse,

    id. 38, 4, 10; cf.:

    videre te in tuto,

    Cat. 30, 6:

    in aequo esse,

    Liv. 39, 37, 14; Tac. A. 2, 44:

    in expedito esse,

    Curt. 4, 2, 22:

    in proximo esse,

    Quint. 1, 3, 4:

    in aperto esse,

    Sall. C. 5, 3:

    in promisco esse,

    Liv. 7, 17, 7:

    in augusto esse,

    Cels. 5, 27, 2:

    in incerto haberi,

    Sall. J. 46, 8; Tac. A. 15, 17:

    in levi habitum,

    id. H. 2, 21; cf.:

    in incerto relinquere,

    Liv. 5, 28, 5; Tac. H. 2, 83.
    II.
    With acc.
    A.
    In space, with verbs of motion, into or to a place or thing (rarely with names of towns and small islands;

    v. Zumpt, Gram. § 398): influxit non tenuis quidam e Graecia rivulus in hanc urbem,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 19:

    in Ephesum advenit,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 35:

    in Epirum venire,

    Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3:

    ibo in Piraeeum, visamque, ecquae advenerit in portum ex Epheso navis mercatoria,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 2: venio ad Piraeea, in quo magis reprehendendus sum, quod... Piraeea scripserim, non Piraeeum, quam in quod addiderim;

    non enim hoc ut oppido praeposui, sed ut loco,

    Cic. Att. 7, 3, 10:

    se contulisse Tarquinios, in urbem Etruriae florentissimam,

    id. Rep. 2, 19:

    remigrare in domum veterem e nova,

    id. Ac. 1, 4, 13:

    cum in sua rura venerunt,

    id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102:

    a te ipso missi in ultimas gentes,

    id. Fam. 15, 9:

    in Ubios legatos mittere,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 11:

    dein Thalam pervenit, in oppidum magnum et opulentum,

    Sall. J. 75, 1:

    Regillum antiquam in patriam se contulerat,

    Liv. 3, 58, 1:

    abire in exercitum,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 102.— With nuntio:

    cum id Zmyrnam in contionem nuntiatum est,

    Tac. A. 4, 56:

    nuntiatur in castra,

    Lact. Most. Pers. 46; cf.:

    allatis in castra nuntiis,

    Tac. H. 4, 32: in manus sumere, tradere, etc., into one's hands:

    iste unumquodque vas in manus sumere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 63:

    Falerios se in manus Romanis tradidisse,

    Liv. 5, 27, 3.—Rarely with the verbs ponere, collocare, etc. (pregn., i. e. to bring into... and place there):

    in crimen populo ponere,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 10:

    ut liberos, uxores suaque omnia in silvas deponerent,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 19:

    duplam pecuniam in thesauros reponi,

    Liv. 29, 19, 7:

    prius me collocavi in arborem,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 8, 6:

    sororem et propinquas suas nuptum in alias civitates collocasse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 18.— Motion in any direction, up to, to, into, down to:

    in caelum ascendere,

    Cic. Lael. 23 fin.:

    filium ipse paene in umeros suos extulisset,

    id. de Or. 1, 53, 228:

    tamquam in aram confugitis ad deum,

    up to the altar, id. Tusc. 3, 10, 25:

    Saturno tenebrosa in Tartara misso,

    Ov. M. 1, 113:

    in flumen deicere,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Nep. Chab. 4, 3.—
    2.
    Denoting mere direction towards a place or thing, and hence sometimes joined with versus, towards:

    quid nunc supina sursum in caelum conspicis,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 78:

    si in latus aut dextrum aut sinistrum, ut ipsi in usu est, cubat,

    Cels. 2, 3:

    Belgae spectant in septentriones et orientem solem,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 1:

    in orientem Germaniae, in occidentem Hispaniae obtenditur, Gallis in meridiem etiam inspicitur,

    Tac. Agr. 10:

    in laevum prona nixus sedet Inachus urna,

    Stat. Th. 2, 218.—With versus:

    castra ex Biturigibus movet in Arvernos versus,

    towards, Caes. B. G. 7, 8 fin.:

    in Galliam versus movere,

    Sall. C. 56, 4: in [p. 913] ltaliam versus, Front. Strat. 1, 4, 11:

    si in urbem versus venturi erant,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 82. —
    3.
    So of that which is thought of as entering into the mind, memory, etc. (cf. I. A. 2. fin.):

    in memoriam reducere,

    Cic. Inv 1, 52, 98:

    in animum inducere,

    Liv. 27, 9:

    in mentem venire,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 3:

    frequens imitatio transit in mores,

    Quint. 1, 11, 3. —

    Or into a writing or speech: in illam Metellinam orationem addidi quaedam,

    Cic. Att. 1, 13, 5.—
    B.
    In time, into, till, for:

    dormiet in lucem,

    into the daylight, till broad day, Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 34:

    statim e somno, quem plerumque in diem extrahunt, lavantur,

    Tac. G. 22: sermonem in multam noctem produximus, deep into the night, Cic. Rep. Fragm. ap. Arus. Mess. p. 239 Lindem.:

    in multam noctem luxit,

    Suet. Tib. 74:

    si febris in noctem augetur,

    Cels. 7, 27:

    dixit in noctem atque etiam nocte illatis lucernis,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 9, 14:

    indutias in triginta annos impetraverunt,

    for thirty years, Liv. 9, 37, 12; 7, 20, 8:

    nisi id verbum in omne tempus perdidissem,

    forever, Cic. Fam. 5, 15, 1:

    ad cenam hominem in hortos invitavit in posterum diem,

    for the following day, id. Off. 3, 14, 58:

    audistis auctionem constitutam in mensem Januarium,

    id. Agr. 1, 2, 4:

    subito reliquit annum suum seque in annum proximum transtulit,

    id. Mil. 9, 24:

    solis defectiones itemque lunae praedicuntur in multos annos,

    for many years, id. Div. 2, 6, 17:

    postero die Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie,

    Liv. 27, 2:

    qui ab matutino tempore duraverunt in occasum,

    Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99:

    seritur (semen lini) a Kalendis Octobribus in ortum aquilae,

    Col. 2, 10, 17.—With usque:

    neque illi didicerunt haec usque in senectutem,

    Quint. 12, 11, 20:

    in illum usque diem servati,

    id. 8, 3, 68:

    in serum usque patente cubiculo,

    Suet. Oth. 11:

    regnum trahat usque in tempora fati,

    Sil. 11, 392: in posterum (posteritatem) or in futurum, in future, for the future: in praesens, for the present: in perpetuum or in aeternum, forever:

    sancit in posterum, ne quis, etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 5, 10:

    res dilata est in posterum,

    id. Fam. 10, 12, 3:

    video quanta tempestas invidiae nobis, si minus in praesens, at in posteritatem impendeat,

    id. Cat. 1, 9, 22:

    id aegre et in praesentia hi passi et in futurum etiam metum ceperunt,

    Liv. 34, 27, 10; cf.:

    ingenti omnium et in praesens laetitia et in futurum spe,

    id. 30, 17, 1:

    effugis in futurum,

    Tac. H. 1, 71:

    quod eum tibi quaestoris in loco constitueras, idcirco tibi amicum in perpetuum fore putasti?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 30; cf.:

    oppidum omni periculo in perpetuum liberavit,

    id. Fam. 13, 4, 2:

    quae (leges) non in tempus aliquod, sed perpetuae utilitatis causa in aeternum latae sunt,

    Liv. 34, 6, 4: in tempus, for a while, for a short time, for the occasion (postAug.):

    sensit miles in tempus conficta,

    Tac. A. 1, 37:

    ne urbs sine imperio esset, in tempus deligebatur, qui jus redderet,

    id. ib. 6, 11:

    scaena in tempus structa,

    id. ib. 14, 20. —So in diem, for the day, to meet the day's want:

    nihil ex raptis in diem commeatibus superabat,

    Liv. 22, 40, 8:

    rapto in diem frumento,

    id. 4, 10, 1;

    but, cum illa fundum emisset in diem,

    i. e. a fixed day of payment, Nep. Att. 9, 5: in singulos dies, or simply in dies, with comparatives and verbs denoting increase, from day to day, daily:

    vitium in dies crescit,

    Vell. 2, 5, 2:

    in dies singulos breviores litteras ad te mitto,

    Cic. Att. 5, 7:

    qui senescat in dies,

    Liv. 22, 39, 15: in diem, daily:

    nos in diem vivimus,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:

    in diem et horam,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 47;

    and in horas,

    hourly, id. C. 2, 13, 14; id. S. 2, 7, 10.—
    C.
    In other relations, in which an aiming at, an inclining or striving towards a thing, is conceivable, on, about, respecting; towards, against; for, as; in, to; into:

    id, quod apud Platonem est in philosophos dictum,

    about the philosophers, Cic. Off. 1, 9, 28:

    Callimachi epigramma in Ambraciotam Cleombrotum est,

    id. Tusc. 1, 34, 84; cf.:

    cum cenaret Simonides apud Scopam cecinissetque id car men, quod in eum scripsisset, etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 86, 352:

    quo amore tandem inflammati esse debemus in ejus modi patriam,

    towards, id. ib. 1, 44, 196:

    in liberos nostros indulgentia,

    id. ib. 2, 40, 168:

    de suis meritis in rem publicam aggressus est dicere,

    id. Or. 38, 133: ita ad impietatem in deos, in homines adjunxit injuriam, against, id. N. D. 3, 34 fin.:

    in dominum quaeri,

    to be examined as a witness against, id. Mil. 22, 60:

    in eos impetum facere,

    id. Att. 2, 22, 1:

    invehi in Thebanos,

    Nep. Epam. 6, 1; id. Tim. 5, 3:

    quaecumque est hominis definitio, una in omnes valet,

    id. Leg. 1, 10, 29:

    num etiam in deos immortales inauspicatam legem valuisse?

    Liv. 7, 6, 11:

    vereor coram in os te laudare amplius,

    to your face, Ter. Ad. 2, 4, 5:

    si in me exerciturus (pugnos), quaeso, in parietem ut primum domes,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 168:

    in puppim rediere rates,

    Luc. 3, 545 Burm. (cf.:

    sic equi dicuntur in frena redire, pulsi in terga recedere, Sulp. ad loc.): Cumis eam vidi: venerat enim in funus: cui funeri ego quoque operam dedi,

    to the funeral, to take charge of the funeral, Cic. Att. 15, 1, B:

    se quisque eum optabat, quem fortuna in id certamen legeret,

    Liv. 21, 42, 2:

    quodsi in nullius mercedem negotia eant, pauciora fore,

    Tac. A. 11, 6:

    haec civitas mulieri redimiculum praebeat, haec in collum, haec in crines,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 33:

    Rhegium quondam in praesidium missa legio,

    Liv. 28, 28; so,

    datae in praesidium cohortes,

    Tac. H. 4, 35: hoc idem significat Graecus ille in eam sententiam versus, to this effect or purport, Cic. Div. 2, 10, 25; cf. id. Fam. 9, 15, 4:

    haec et in eam sententiam cum multa dixisset,

    id. Att. 2, 22:

    qui omnia sic exaequaverunt, ut in utramque partem ita paria redderent, uti nulla selectione uterentur,

    id. Fin. 3, 4, 12:

    in utramque partem disputat,

    on both sides, for and against, id. Off. 3, 23, 89: te rogo, me tibi in omnes partes defendendum putes, Vatin. ap. Cic. Fam. 5, 10 fin.:

    facillime et in optimam partem cognoscuntur adulescentes, qui se ad claros et sapientes viros contulerunt,

    id. Off. 2, 13, 46:

    cives Romani servilem in modum cruciati et necati,

    in the manner of slaves, Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 13; cf.:

    miserandum in modum milites populi Romani capti, necati sunt,

    id. Prov. Cons. 3, 5:

    senior quidam Veiens vaticinantis in modum cecinit,

    Liv. 5, 15, 4;

    also: domus et villae in urbium modum aedificatae,

    Sall. C. 12, 3:

    perinde ac si in hanc formulam omnia judicia legitima sint,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 5, 15:

    judicium quin acciperet in ea ipsa verba quae Naevius edebat, non recusasse,

    id. Quint. 20, 63; cf.:

    senatusconsultum in haec verba factum,

    Liv. 30, 43, 9:

    pax data Philippo in has leges est,

    id. 33, 30:

    Gallia omnis divisa est in partes tres,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 1; cf.:

    quae quidem in confirmationem et reprehensionem dividuntur,

    Cic. Part. Or. 9, 33: describebat censores binos in singulas civitates, i. e. for or over each state, id. Verr. 2, 2, 53; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 26:

    itaque Titurium Tolosae quaternos denarios in singulas vini amphoras portorii nomine exegisse,

    id. Font. 5, 9:

    extulit eum plebs sextantibus collatis in capita,

    a head, for each person, Liv. 2, 33 fin.:

    Macedonibus treceni nummi in capita statutum est pretium,

    id. 32, 17, 2; cf.:

    Thracia in Rhoemetalcen filium... inque liberos Cotyis dividitur (i. e. inter),

    Tac. A. 2, 67.—
    2.
    Of the object or end in view, regarded also as the motive of action or effect:

    non te in me illiberalem, sed me in se neglegentem putabit,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 16:

    neglegentior in patrem,

    Just. 32, 3, 1:

    in quem omnes intenderat curas,

    Curt. 3, 1, 21:

    quos ardere in proelia vidi,

    Verg. A. 2, 347:

    in bellum ardentes,

    Manil. 4, 220:

    nutante in fugam exercitu,

    Flor. 3, 10, 4:

    in hanc tam opimam mercedem agite ( = ut eam vobis paretis, Weissenb. ad loc.),

    Liv. 21, 43, 7:

    certa praemia, in quorum spem pugnarent,

    id. 21, 45, 4:

    in id sors dejecta,

    id. 21, 42, 2:

    in id fide accepta,

    id. 28, 17, 9:

    in spem pacis solutis animis,

    id. 6, 11, 5 et saep.:

    ingrata misero vita ducenda est in hoc, ut, etc.,

    Hor. Epod. 17, 63:

    nec in hoc adhibetur, ut, etc.,

    Sen. Ep. 16, 3:

    alius non in hoc, ut offenderet, facit, id. de Ira, 2, 26, 3: in quod tum missi?

    Just. 38, 3, 4.—So, like ad, with words expressing affections or inclination of the mind:

    in obsequium plus aequo pronus,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 10:

    paratus in res novas,

    Tac. H. 4, 32:

    in utrumque paratus,

    Verg. A. 2, 61.—
    3.
    Of the result of an act or effort:

    denique in familiae luctum atque in privignorum funus nupsit,

    Cic. Clu. 66, 188:

    paratusque miles, ut ordo agminis in aciem adsisteret,

    Tac. A. 2, 16: excisum Euboicae latus ingens rupis in antrum, Verg. A. 6, 42:

    portus ab Euroo fluctu curvatus in arcum,

    id. ib. 3, 533:

    populum in obsequia principum formavit,

    Just. 3, 2, 9:

    omnium partium decus in mercedem conruptum erat,

    Sall. H. 1, 13 Dietsch:

    commutari ex veris in falsa,

    Cic. Fat. 9, 17; 9, 18:

    in sollicitudinem versa fiducia est,

    Curt. 3, 8, 20.—
    4.
    Esp. in the phrase: in gratiam or in honorem, alicujus, in kindness, to show favor, out of good feeling, to show honor, etc., to any one (first in Liv.; cf. Weissenb. ad Liv. 28, 21, 4;

    Krebs, Antibarb. p. 562): in gratiam levium sociorum injuriam facere,

    Liv. 39, 26, 12:

    pugnaturi in gratiam ducis,

    id. 28, 21, 4:

    quorum in gratiam Saguntum deleverat Hannibal,

    id. 28, 39, 13; cf. id. 35, 2, 6; 26, 6, 16:

    oratio habita in sexus honorem,

    Quint. 1, 1, 6:

    convivium in honorem victoriae,

    id. 11, 2, 12:

    in honorem Quadratillae,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 7:

    in honorem tuum,

    Sen. Ep. 20, 7; 79, 2; 92, 1; Vell. 2, 41 al.—
    5.
    In the phrase, in rem esse, to be useful, to avail (cf.: e re esse;

    opp.: contra rem esse): ut aequom est, quod in rem esse utrique arbitremur,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 10:

    si in rem est Bacchidis,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 27; 2, 2, 7:

    hortatur, imperat, quae in rem sunt,

    Liv. 26, 44, 7:

    cetera, quae cognosse in rem erat,

    id. 22, 3, 2; 44, 19, 3:

    in rem fore credens universos adpellare,

    Sall. C. 20, 1; cf.:

    in duas res magnas id usui fore,

    Liv. 37, 15, 7:

    in hos usus,

    Verg. A. 4, 647.—
    6.
    To form adverbial expressions:

    non nominatim, qui Capuae, sed in universum qui usquam coissent, etc.,

    in general, Liv. 9, 26, 8; cf.:

    terra etsi aliquanto specie differt, in universum tamen aut silvis horrida aut paludibus foeda,

    Tac. G. 5:

    in universum aestimanti, etc.,

    id. ib. 6:

    aestate in totum, si fieri potest, abstinendum est (Venere),

    wholly, entirely, Cels. 1, 3 fin.; cf. Col. 2, 1, 2:

    in plenum dici potest, etc.,

    fully, Plin. 16, 40, 79, § 217:

    Marii virtutem in majus celebrare,

    beyond due bounds, Sall. J. 73, 5:

    aliter se corpus habere atque consuevit, neque in pejus tantum, sed etiam in melius,

    for the worse, for the better, Cels. 2, 2:

    in deterius,

    Tac. A. 14, 43:

    in mollius,

    id. ib. 14, 39:

    quid enim est iracundia in supervacuum tumultuante frigidius? Sen. de Ira, 2, 11: civitas saepta muris neque in barbarum corrupta (v. barbarus),

    Tac. A. 6, 42; cf.:

    aucto in barbarum cognomento,

    id. H. 5, 2:

    priusquam id sors cerneret, in incertum, ne quid gratia momenti faceret, in utramque provinciam decerni,

    while the matter was uncertain, Liv. 43, 12, 2:

    nec puer Iliaca quisquam de gente Latinos In tantum spe tollet avos,

    so much, Verg. A. 6, 876:

    in tantum suam felicitatem virtutemque enituisse,

    Liv. 22, 27, 4; cf.:

    quaedam (aquae) fervent in tantum, ut non possint esse usui,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 24:

    viri in tantum boni, in quantum humana simplicitas intellegi potest,

    Vell. 2, 43, 4:

    quippe pedum digitos, in quantum quaeque secuta est, Traxit,

    Ov. M. 11, 71:

    meliore in omnia ingenio animoque quam fortuna usus,

    in all respects, Vell. 2, 13:

    ut simul in omnia paremur,

    Quint. 11, 3, 25:

    in antecessum dare,

    beforehand, Sen. Ep. 118.—
    7.
    Sometimes with esse, habere, etc., in is followed by the acc. (constr. pregn.), to indicate a direction, aim, purpose, etc. (but v. Madvig. Gram. § 230, obs. 2, note, who regards these accusatives as originating in errors of pronunciation); so, esse in potestatem alicujus, to come into and remain in one ' s power: esse in mentem alicui, to come into and be in one ' s mind: esse in conspectum, to appear to and be in sight: esse in usum, to come into use, be used, etc.:

    quod, qui illam partem urbis tenerent, in eorum potestatem portum futurum intellegebant,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 38:

    ut portus in potestatem Locrensium esset,

    Liv. 24, 1, 13; 2, 14, 4:

    eam optimam rem publicam esse duco, quae sit in potestatem optimorum,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 17:

    neque enim sunt motus in nostram potestatem,

    Quint. 6, 2, 29:

    numero mihi in mentem fuit,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 25; cf.:

    ecquid in mentem est tibi?

    id. Bacch. 1, 2, 53:

    nec prius surrexisse ac militibus in conspectum fuisse, quam, etc.,

    Suet. Aug. 16:

    quod satis in usum fuit, sublato, ceterum omne incensum est,

    Liv. 22, 20, 6: ab hospitibus clientibusque suis, ab exteris nationibus, quae in amicitiam populi Romani dicionemque essent, injurias propulsare, Cic. Div. ap. Caecil. 20, 66: adesse in senatum [p. 914] jussit a. d. XIII. Kal. Octobr., id. Phil. 5, 7, 19.—Less freq. with habere: facito in memoriam habeas tuam majorem filiam mihi te despondisse, call or bring to mind, Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 108:

    M. Minucium magistrum equitum, ne quid rei bellicae gereret, prope in custodiam habitum,

    put in prison, kept in prison, Liv. 22, 25, 6:

    reliquos in custodiam habitos,

    Tac. H. 1, 87.—So rarely with other verbs:

    pollicetur se provinciam Galliam retenturum in senatus populique Romani potestatem,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 4, 8. —
    III.
    In composition, n regularly becomes assimilated to a foll. l, m, or r, and is changed before the labials into m: illabor, immitto, irrumpo, imbibo, impello.—As to its meaning, according as it is connected with a verb of rest or motion, it conveys the idea of existence in a place or thing, or of motion, direction, or inclination into or to a place or thing: inesse; inhibere, inferre, impellere, etc. See Hand, Turs. III. pp. 243- 356.
    2.
    in (before b and p, im; before l, m, and r, the n assimilates itself to these consonants), an inseparable particle [kindred with Sanscr. a-, an-; Gr. a-, an; Goth. and Germ. un-], which negatives the meaning of the noun or participle with which it is connected; Engl. un-, in-, not: impar, unequal: intolerabilis, unbearable, intolerable: immitis, not mild, rude, etc.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > in

  • 15 ber-serkr

    s, m., pl. ir: [the etymology of this word has been much contested; some—upon the authority of Snorri, hans menn fóru ‘brynjulausir,’ Hkr. i. 11—derive it from ‘berr’ ( bare) and ‘serkr’ [cp. sark, Scot. for shirt]; but this etymology is inadmissible, because ‘serkr’ is a subst. not an adj.: others derive it from ‘berr’ (Germ. bär = ursus), which is greatly to be preferred, for in olden ages athletes and champions used to wear hides of bears, wolves, and reindeer (as skins of lions in the south), hence the names Bjálfi, Bjarnhéðinn, Úlfhéðinn, (héðinn, pellis,)—‘pellibus aut parvis rhenonum tegimentis utuntur,’ Caes. Bell. Gall. vi. 22: even the old poets understood the name so, as may be seen in the poem of Hornklofi (beginning of 10th century), a dialogue between a Valkyrja and a raven, where the Valkyrja says, at berserkja reiðu vil ek þik spyrja, to which the raven replies, Úlfhéðnar heita, they are called Wolfcoats, cp. the Vd. ch. 9; þeir berserkir er Úlfhéðnar vóru kallaðir, þeir höfðu vargstakka ( coats of wild beasts) fyrir brynjur, Fs. 17]:—a ‘bear-sark,’ ‘bear-coat,’ i. e. a wild warrior or champion of the heathen age; twelve berserkers are mentioned as the chief followers of several kings of antiquity, e. g. of the Dan. king Rolf Krake, Edda 82; a Swed. king, Gautr. S. Fas. iii. 36; king Adils, Hrólf. Kr. S. ch. 16 sqq.; Harald Hárfagri, Eg. ch. 9, Grett. ch. 2, Vd. l. c. (Hornklofi, v. above); the twelve sons of Arngrim, Hervar. S. ch. 3–5, Hdl. 22, 23; the two berserkers sent as a present by king Eric at Upsala to earl Hakon of Norway, and by him presented to an Icel. nobleman, Eb. ch. 25. In battle the berserkers were subject to fits of frenzy, called berserks-gangr (furor bersercicus, cp. the phrase, ganga berserksgang), when they howled like wild beasts, foamed at the mouth and gnawed the iron rim of their shields; during these fits they were, according to popular belief, proof against steel and fire, and made great havoc in the ranks of the enemy; but when the fever abated they were weak and tame. A graphical description of the ‘furor bersercicus’ is found in the Sagas, Yngl. S. ch. 6, Hervar. S. l. c., Eg. ch. 27, 67, Grett. ch. 42, Eb. ch. 25, Nj. ch. 104, Kristni S. ch. 2, 8 (Vd. ch. 46); cp. also a passage in the poem of Hornklofi | grenjuðu berserkir, | guðr var þeim á sinnum, | emjaðu Úlfhéðnar | ok ísarn gniiðu—which lines recall to the mind Roman descriptions of the Cimbric war-cry. In the Icel. Jus Eccles. the berserksgangr, as connected with the heathen age, is liable to the lesser outlawry, K. Þ. K. 78; it is mentioned as a sort of possession in Vd. ch. 37, and as healed by a vow to God. In the Dropl. S. Major (in MS.) it is medically described as a disease (v. the whole extract in the essay ‘De furore Bersercico,’ Kristni S. old Ed. in cake); but this Saga is modern, probably of the first part of the 17th century. The description of these champions has a rather mythical character. A somewhat different sort of berserker is also recorded in Norway as existing in gangs of professional bullies, roaming about from house to house, challenging husbandmen to ‘holmgang’ ( duel), extorting ransom (leysa sik af hólmi), and, in case of victory, carrying off wives, sisters, or daughters; but in most cases the damsel is happily rescued by some travelling Icelander, who fights and kills the berserker. The most curious passages are Glúm, ch. 4, 6, Gísl. ch. 1 (cp. Sir Edm. Head’s and Mr. Dasent’s remarks in the prefaces), Grett. ch. 21, 42, Eg. ch. 67, Flóam. S. ch. 15, 17; according to Grett. ch. 21, these banditti were made outlaws by earl Eric, A. D. 1012. It is worth noticing that no berserker is described as a native of Icel.; the historians are anxious to state that those who appeared in Icel. (Nj., Eb., Kr. S. l. c.) were born Norse (or Swedes), and they were looked upon with fear and execration. That men of the heathen age were taken with fits of the ‘furor athleticus’ is recorded in the case of Thorir in the Vd., the old Kveldulf in Eg., and proved by the fact that the law set a penalty upon it. Berserkr now and then occurs as a nickname, Glúm. 378. The author of the Yngl. S. attributes the berserksgangr to Odin and his followers, but this is a sheer misinterpretation, or perhaps the whole passage is a rude paraphrase of Hm. 149 sqq. In the old Hbl. 37 berserkr and giant are used synonymously. The berserkers are the representatives of mere brute force, and it therefore sounds almost blasphemous, when the Norse Barl. S. speaks of Guðs berserkr (a ‘bear-coat’ or champion of God), (Jesus Kristr gleymdi eigi hólmgöngu sins berserks), 54, 197. With the introduction of Christianity this championship disappeared altogether.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ber-serkr

  • 16 locum

    lŏcus (old form stlocus, like stlis for lis, Quint. 1, 4, 16), i, m. ( lŏcum, i, n., Inscr. ap. Grut. 129, 14; plur. loci, single places; loca, places connected with each other, a region; cf. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 666 sq., and v. infra), a place, spot.
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.:

    adsedistis in festivo loco,

    i. e. the theatre, Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 83:

    locum sibi velle liberum praeberier, ubi nequam faciat clam,

    id. Poen. 1, 1, 49; 3, 3, 44; cf.

    3, 2, 25: omnes copias in unum locum convenire,

    Cic. Att. 8, 16, 2:

    Galli qui ea loca incolerent,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    locorum situm naturam regionis nosse,

    Liv. 22, 38:

    Romae per omnes locos,

    Sall. J. 32:

    facere alicui locum in turba,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 210:

    ex loco superiore agere, of an orator speaking from the rostra, or of a judge pronouncing judgment: de loco superiore dicere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 102:

    ex aequo loco, of one speaking in the Senate or conversing with another: et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habiti,

    id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:

    ex inferiore loco,

    to speak before a judge, id. de Or. 3, 6, 23: primus locus aedium, a dwelling on the ground-floor, Nep. praef. 6.— A post, position: loco movere, to drive from a place or post, Ter. Phorm. prol. 32; so,

    loco deicere,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 30:

    loco cedere,

    to give way, abandon one's post, retire, Sall. C. 9; Caes. B. G. 1, 15.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    A place, seat, in the theatre, the circus, or the forum:

    Servi ne obsideant, liberis ut sit locus,

    room, seats, Plaut. Cas. prol. 23.—

    Esp. the place assigned by the Senate to foreign ambassadors: locum ad spectandum dare,

    Cic. Mur. 35, 73; 34, 72; so Liv. 30, 17. — Plur. loca, Liv. 34, 44, 5; Vell. 2, 32, 3; Suet. Claud. 21; id. Ner. 11; Plin. 8, 7, 7, § 21.—But plur. loci, Tac. A. 15, 32.—
    2.
    So of the lodging, quarters, place of abode assigned to foreign ambassadors for their residence:

    locus inde lautiaque legatis praeberi jussa,

    Liv. 28, 39, 19; 30, 17, 14; 42, 26, 5; Symm. Ep. 4, 56; Sid. Ep. 8, 12:

    loca lautia,

    App. M. 3, p. 140, 30.—
    3.
    A piece or part of an estate:

    stricte loquendo locus non est fundus sed pars aliqua fundi,

    Dig. 50, 16, 60:

    locus certus ex fundo possideri potest,

    ib. 41, 2, 26.—
    4.
    A place, spot, locality; a country region: hau longe abesse oportet homines hinc;

    ita hic lepidust locus,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 35:

    nunc hoc ubi abstrudam cogito solum locum,

    id. Aul. 4, 6, 7:

    non hoc ut oppido praeposui, sed ut loco,

    Cic. Att. 7, 3, 10; Verg. A. 1, 530; Caes. B. G. 5, 12.— Poet. of the inhabitants of a place, a neighborhood:

    numina vicinorum odit uterque locus,

    Juv. 15, 37.—Of a place where a city once stood, a site:

    locus Pherae,

    Plin. 4, 5, 6, § 13:

    locus Buprasium, Hyrmine,

    id. ib.; cf. Ov. F. 2, 280.— Plur. rarely loci:

    quos locos adiisti,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 86:

    locos tenere,

    Liv. 5, 35, 1:

    occupare,

    Sall. J. 18, 4; 76, 1; Lucr. 4, 509; Verg. A. 1, 306; 2, 28; Prop. 4 (5), 8, 22; Tac. A. 1, 61; 13, 36; Suet. Tib. 43.—Usually loca:

    loca haec circiter,

    Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 8:

    venisse in illa loca,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 2, 5; id. Fin. 5, 1, 2 sq.; Caes. B. G. 2, 4, 2; Lucr. 1, 373; 2, 146; Cat. 9, 7; 63, 3; Sall. J. 18, 11; 54, 3; Verg. G. 2, 140; id. A. 1, 51; 2, 495; Hor. C. 1, 22, 7; Tib. 4, 1, 97; Ov. M. 10, 29; Liv. 1, 1, 5; 1, 5, 2; 1, 6, 4 et saep.—
    5.
    In war [p. 1075] or battle, a post, station (plur. loca):

    tum loca sorte legunt,

    Verg. A. 5, 132:

    loca jussa tenere,

    id. ib. 10, 238:

    loca servare,

    Amm. 25, 6, 14.—
    6.
    Loci and loca, of parts of the body:

    loci nervosi,

    Cels. 5, 26, 26.—Esp.:

    muliebres,

    Varr. L. L. 5, 2, 15; and without adj., in females, the womb:

    si ea lotio locos fovebit,

    Cato, R. R. 157, 11:

    cum in locis semen insederit,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 51; Cels. 2, 8. —Of animals, Col. 6, 27, 10.—Of birds, Col. 8, 11, 8; Lucr. 14, 1246; Plin. 11, 37, 84, § 209; Cael. Aur. Acut. 3, 17:

    genitalia,

    Col. 7, 7, 4; cf. id. 8, 7, 2; 8, 11, 8;

    in males,

    Lucr. 4, 1034; 4, 1045.—
    7.
    Communis locus,
    (α).
    The place of the dead:

    qui nunc abierunt hinc in communem locum,

    Plaut. Cas. prol. 19.—
    (β).
    A public place:

    Sthenius... qui oppidum non maximum maximis ex pecunia sua locis communibus monumentisque decoravit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 46, § 112.—
    8.
    A burial-place, grave; very freq. in epitaphs; v. Inscr. Orell. 8; 4499; 4500 sq.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    A topic of discussion or thought; a matter, subject, point, head or division of a subject.
    1.
    In gen.:

    cum fundamentum esset philosophiae positum in finibus bonorum, perpurgatus est is locus a nobis quinque libris,

    Cic. Div. 2, 1, 2:

    Theophrastus cum tractat locos ab Aristotele ante tractatos,

    id. Fin. 1, 2, 6:

    hic locus, de natura usuque verborum,

    id. Or. 48, 162:

    philosophiae noti et tractati loci,

    id. ib. 33, 118:

    ex quattuor locis in quos honesti naturam vimque divisimus,

    id. Off. 1, 6, 18; id. Inv. 2, 3, 11; 2, 5, 16; 2, 8, 26 et saep.; Quint. 2, 4, 27; 2, 11, 6; 5, 8, 4; Juv. 6, 245; Tac. Or. 31.—
    2.
    Esp.: loci, the grounds of proof, the points on which proofs are founded or from which they are deduced:

    cum pervestigare argumentum aliquod volumus, locos nosse debemus,

    Cic. Top. 2, 7; id. de Or. 1, 13, 56; 3, 55, 210:

    traditi sunt ex quibus argumenta ducantur duplices loci,

    id. Or. 35; so sing.:

    itaque licet definire, locum esse argumenti sedem,

    id. Top. 2.—
    3.
    Esp.: loci communes, general arguments, which do not grow out of the particular facts of a case, but are applicable to any class of cases:

    pars (argumentorum) est pervagatior et aut in omnis ejusdem generis aut in plerasque causas adcommodata: haec ergo argumenta, quae transferri in multas causas possunt, locos communis nominamus,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 14, 47 sq.; cf. the passage at length; id. ib. 2, 16, 50 sq.; 2, 18, 56; Auct. Her. 3, 8, 15; Quint. 2, 1, 9; 3, 1, 12; 5, 1, 3; 5, 13, 57 al.— Sing.:

    vix ullus est tam communis locus, qui possit cohaerere cum causa, nisi aliquo proprio quaestionis vinculo copulatus,

    Quint. 2, 4, 30:

    locus, for communis locus,

    id. 4, 2, 117; 5, 7, 32.—
    B.
    A passage in a book or author; plur. loci (Zumpt, Gram. §

    99): locos quosdam transferam,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 7; Quint. 1, 1, 36; 1, 4, 4; 5, 13, 42; 6, 3, 36; Tac. Or. 22:

    locos Lucreti plurimos sectare,

    Gell. 1, 21, 7;

    but rarely loca: loca jam recitata,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 223; Amm. 29, 2, 8.—
    C.
    Room, opportunity, cause, occasion, place, time, etc., for any thing:

    et cognoscendi et ignoscendi dabitur peccati locus,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 6:

    avaritia paululum aliquid loci rationi et consilio dedisset,

    Cic. Quint. 16, 53:

    de tuo in me animo iniquis secus existimandi videris nonnihil dedisse loci,

    to have given occasion, cause, reason, id. Fam. 3, 6, 6:

    dare suspicioni locum,

    id. Cael. 4, 9:

    dare locum dubitationis,

    id. Balb. 6, 16; Val. Fl. 4, 451: locum habere, to find a place:

    qui dolorem summum malum dicit, apud eum, quem locum habet fortitudo?

    Cic. Off. 3, 33, 117:

    in hoc altero dicacitatis quid habet ars loci?

    id. de Or. 2, 54, 219; so,

    locus est alicui rei: legi Aquiliae locus est adversus te,

    Dig. 9, 2, 27; cf.:

    huic edicto locus est,

    ib. 37, 10, 6; cf.:

    meritis vacat hic tibi locus,

    Verg. A. 11, 179:

    cum defendendi negandive non est locus,

    Quint. 5, 13, 8:

    quaerendi,

    id. 3, 8, 21.—Also in the sense of there is place for any thing, it finds acceptance:

    in poëtis non Homero soli locus est aut Archilocho, etc.,

    Cic. Or. 1, 4:

    si in mea familiaritate locus esset nemini nisi, etc.,

    id. Planc. 33, 82:

    maledicto nihil loci est,

    id. Mur. 5, 12: locum non relinquere, to leave no room for, not to admit, to exclude:

    vita turpis ne morti quidem honestae locum relinquit,

    id. Quint. 15, 49; so,

    nec precibus nostris nec admonitionibus relinquit locum,

    id. Fam. 1, 1, 2: nancisci locum, to find occasion:

    nactus locum resecandae libidinis,

    id. Att. 1, 18, 2:

    valde gaudeo, si est nunc ullus gaudendi locus,

    id. ib. 9, 7, 6.—
    D.
    In aliquo loco esse, to be in any place, position, situation, condition, state, relation:

    si ego in istoc siem loco, dem potius aurum, quam, etc.,

    position, place, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 116:

    tanta ibi copia venustatum aderat, in suo quaeque loco sita munde,

    id. Poen. 5, 4, 8:

    in uxoris loco habere,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 52:

    in liberūm loco esse,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 49, 200; id. Planc. 11, 28; id. Brut. 1, 1; but more freq. without in:

    is si eo loco esset, negavit se facturum,

    id. Fam. 4, 4, 4:

    eodem loco esse,

    Sen. Ben. 3, 8, 2; 7, 14, 6.—Esp. with a gen.:

    parentis loco esse,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61:

    hostium loco esse,

    Liv. 2, 4, 7:

    fratris loco esse,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 3, 1; 7, 3, 6; Quint. 6, 1, 7:

    nec vero hic locus est, ut, etc.,

    not the proper occasion, Cic. Tusc. 4, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 12, 33.— Hence, loco or in loco, at the right place or time, seasonably, suitably:

    posuisti loco versus Attianos,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 4:

    epistolae non in loco redditae,

    id. ib. 11, 16, 1:

    dulce est desipere in loco,

    Hor. C. 4, 12, 28; so,

    locis: non insurgit locis? non figuris gaudet?

    Quint. 12, 10, 23:

    quo res summa loco?

    in what condition? Verg. A. 2, 322:

    quo sit fortuna loco,

    id. ib. 9, 723:

    quo sit Romana loco res,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 12, 25:

    quo tua sit fortuna loco,

    Stat. Th. 7, 558:

    missis nuntiis, quo loco res essent,

    Liv. 2, 47, 5:

    primo loco,

    in the first place, first in order, Juv. 5, 12.—Freq. as a partit. gen.:

    quo loci for quo loco,

    Cic. Att. 8, 10; id. Div. 2, 66:

    eo loci for eo loco,

    id. Sest. 31, 68; Tac. A. 15, 74:

    eodem loci,

    Suet. Calig. 53:

    ubi loci,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 26:

    ibidem loci,

    id. Cist. 3, 1, 53:

    interea loci for interea,

    meanwhile, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 46:

    postea loci,

    after that, afterwards, Sall. J. 102:

    ubicumque locorum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 34:

    adhuc locorum,

    hitherto, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 25:

    ad id locorum,

    to that time, till then, hitherto, Sall. J. 63, 6; 73, 2; Liv. 22, 38, 12:

    post id locorum,

    after that, thereupon, Plaut. Cas. 1, 32:

    inde loci,

    since then, Lucr. 5, 437.—
    E.
    Place, position, degree, rank, order, office, of persons or things:

    summus locus civitatis,

    Cic. Clu. 55, 150:

    tua dignitas suum locum obtinebit,

    id. Fam. 3, 9, 2:

    quem locum apud ipsum Caesarem obtinuisti?

    id. Phil. 2, 29, 71:

    res erat et causa nostra eo jam loci, ut, etc.,

    id. Sest. 31, 68:

    Socrates voluptatem nullo loco numerat,

    id. Fin. 2, 28, 90:

    codem loco habere, quo, etc.,

    id. Prov. Cons. 17, 41; Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 6; 7, 77, 3; id. B. C. 1, 84, 2:

    indignantes eodem se loco esse, quo, etc.,

    Liv. 42, 37, 8:

    sed esto, neque melius quod invenimus esse, neque par, est certe proximus locus,

    Quint. 10, 5, 6:

    erat ordine proximus locus,

    id. 7, 3, 36:

    humili loco,

    id. 4, 2, 2.— Plur. loca:

    ut patricii recuperarent duo consularia loca,

    Liv. 10, 15, 8:

    quinque augurum loca,

    id. 10, 8, 3; 42, 34, 15:

    omnia loca obtinuere, ne cui plebeio aditus esset,

    id. 4, 57, 11; Tac. A. 2, 55:

    Vesta loca prima tenet,

    Ov. F. 6, 304.—Esp. of birth:

    infimo loco natus,

    Cic. Fl. 11, 24:

    esse summo loco natus,

    id. Planc. 25, 60:

    Tanaquil summo loco nata,

    Liv. 1, 34.—
    F.
    Loco, adverbially, in the place of, instead of, for:

    criminis loco putant esse, quod vivam,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 3, 6:

    haec filium suum sibi praemii loco deposcit,

    id. Inv. 2, 49, 144.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > locum

  • 17 locus

    lŏcus (old form stlocus, like stlis for lis, Quint. 1, 4, 16), i, m. ( lŏcum, i, n., Inscr. ap. Grut. 129, 14; plur. loci, single places; loca, places connected with each other, a region; cf. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 666 sq., and v. infra), a place, spot.
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.:

    adsedistis in festivo loco,

    i. e. the theatre, Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 83:

    locum sibi velle liberum praeberier, ubi nequam faciat clam,

    id. Poen. 1, 1, 49; 3, 3, 44; cf.

    3, 2, 25: omnes copias in unum locum convenire,

    Cic. Att. 8, 16, 2:

    Galli qui ea loca incolerent,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    locorum situm naturam regionis nosse,

    Liv. 22, 38:

    Romae per omnes locos,

    Sall. J. 32:

    facere alicui locum in turba,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 210:

    ex loco superiore agere, of an orator speaking from the rostra, or of a judge pronouncing judgment: de loco superiore dicere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 102:

    ex aequo loco, of one speaking in the Senate or conversing with another: et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habiti,

    id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:

    ex inferiore loco,

    to speak before a judge, id. de Or. 3, 6, 23: primus locus aedium, a dwelling on the ground-floor, Nep. praef. 6.— A post, position: loco movere, to drive from a place or post, Ter. Phorm. prol. 32; so,

    loco deicere,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 30:

    loco cedere,

    to give way, abandon one's post, retire, Sall. C. 9; Caes. B. G. 1, 15.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    A place, seat, in the theatre, the circus, or the forum:

    Servi ne obsideant, liberis ut sit locus,

    room, seats, Plaut. Cas. prol. 23.—

    Esp. the place assigned by the Senate to foreign ambassadors: locum ad spectandum dare,

    Cic. Mur. 35, 73; 34, 72; so Liv. 30, 17. — Plur. loca, Liv. 34, 44, 5; Vell. 2, 32, 3; Suet. Claud. 21; id. Ner. 11; Plin. 8, 7, 7, § 21.—But plur. loci, Tac. A. 15, 32.—
    2.
    So of the lodging, quarters, place of abode assigned to foreign ambassadors for their residence:

    locus inde lautiaque legatis praeberi jussa,

    Liv. 28, 39, 19; 30, 17, 14; 42, 26, 5; Symm. Ep. 4, 56; Sid. Ep. 8, 12:

    loca lautia,

    App. M. 3, p. 140, 30.—
    3.
    A piece or part of an estate:

    stricte loquendo locus non est fundus sed pars aliqua fundi,

    Dig. 50, 16, 60:

    locus certus ex fundo possideri potest,

    ib. 41, 2, 26.—
    4.
    A place, spot, locality; a country region: hau longe abesse oportet homines hinc;

    ita hic lepidust locus,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 35:

    nunc hoc ubi abstrudam cogito solum locum,

    id. Aul. 4, 6, 7:

    non hoc ut oppido praeposui, sed ut loco,

    Cic. Att. 7, 3, 10; Verg. A. 1, 530; Caes. B. G. 5, 12.— Poet. of the inhabitants of a place, a neighborhood:

    numina vicinorum odit uterque locus,

    Juv. 15, 37.—Of a place where a city once stood, a site:

    locus Pherae,

    Plin. 4, 5, 6, § 13:

    locus Buprasium, Hyrmine,

    id. ib.; cf. Ov. F. 2, 280.— Plur. rarely loci:

    quos locos adiisti,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 86:

    locos tenere,

    Liv. 5, 35, 1:

    occupare,

    Sall. J. 18, 4; 76, 1; Lucr. 4, 509; Verg. A. 1, 306; 2, 28; Prop. 4 (5), 8, 22; Tac. A. 1, 61; 13, 36; Suet. Tib. 43.—Usually loca:

    loca haec circiter,

    Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 8:

    venisse in illa loca,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 2, 5; id. Fin. 5, 1, 2 sq.; Caes. B. G. 2, 4, 2; Lucr. 1, 373; 2, 146; Cat. 9, 7; 63, 3; Sall. J. 18, 11; 54, 3; Verg. G. 2, 140; id. A. 1, 51; 2, 495; Hor. C. 1, 22, 7; Tib. 4, 1, 97; Ov. M. 10, 29; Liv. 1, 1, 5; 1, 5, 2; 1, 6, 4 et saep.—
    5.
    In war [p. 1075] or battle, a post, station (plur. loca):

    tum loca sorte legunt,

    Verg. A. 5, 132:

    loca jussa tenere,

    id. ib. 10, 238:

    loca servare,

    Amm. 25, 6, 14.—
    6.
    Loci and loca, of parts of the body:

    loci nervosi,

    Cels. 5, 26, 26.—Esp.:

    muliebres,

    Varr. L. L. 5, 2, 15; and without adj., in females, the womb:

    si ea lotio locos fovebit,

    Cato, R. R. 157, 11:

    cum in locis semen insederit,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 51; Cels. 2, 8. —Of animals, Col. 6, 27, 10.—Of birds, Col. 8, 11, 8; Lucr. 14, 1246; Plin. 11, 37, 84, § 209; Cael. Aur. Acut. 3, 17:

    genitalia,

    Col. 7, 7, 4; cf. id. 8, 7, 2; 8, 11, 8;

    in males,

    Lucr. 4, 1034; 4, 1045.—
    7.
    Communis locus,
    (α).
    The place of the dead:

    qui nunc abierunt hinc in communem locum,

    Plaut. Cas. prol. 19.—
    (β).
    A public place:

    Sthenius... qui oppidum non maximum maximis ex pecunia sua locis communibus monumentisque decoravit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 46, § 112.—
    8.
    A burial-place, grave; very freq. in epitaphs; v. Inscr. Orell. 8; 4499; 4500 sq.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    A topic of discussion or thought; a matter, subject, point, head or division of a subject.
    1.
    In gen.:

    cum fundamentum esset philosophiae positum in finibus bonorum, perpurgatus est is locus a nobis quinque libris,

    Cic. Div. 2, 1, 2:

    Theophrastus cum tractat locos ab Aristotele ante tractatos,

    id. Fin. 1, 2, 6:

    hic locus, de natura usuque verborum,

    id. Or. 48, 162:

    philosophiae noti et tractati loci,

    id. ib. 33, 118:

    ex quattuor locis in quos honesti naturam vimque divisimus,

    id. Off. 1, 6, 18; id. Inv. 2, 3, 11; 2, 5, 16; 2, 8, 26 et saep.; Quint. 2, 4, 27; 2, 11, 6; 5, 8, 4; Juv. 6, 245; Tac. Or. 31.—
    2.
    Esp.: loci, the grounds of proof, the points on which proofs are founded or from which they are deduced:

    cum pervestigare argumentum aliquod volumus, locos nosse debemus,

    Cic. Top. 2, 7; id. de Or. 1, 13, 56; 3, 55, 210:

    traditi sunt ex quibus argumenta ducantur duplices loci,

    id. Or. 35; so sing.:

    itaque licet definire, locum esse argumenti sedem,

    id. Top. 2.—
    3.
    Esp.: loci communes, general arguments, which do not grow out of the particular facts of a case, but are applicable to any class of cases:

    pars (argumentorum) est pervagatior et aut in omnis ejusdem generis aut in plerasque causas adcommodata: haec ergo argumenta, quae transferri in multas causas possunt, locos communis nominamus,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 14, 47 sq.; cf. the passage at length; id. ib. 2, 16, 50 sq.; 2, 18, 56; Auct. Her. 3, 8, 15; Quint. 2, 1, 9; 3, 1, 12; 5, 1, 3; 5, 13, 57 al.— Sing.:

    vix ullus est tam communis locus, qui possit cohaerere cum causa, nisi aliquo proprio quaestionis vinculo copulatus,

    Quint. 2, 4, 30:

    locus, for communis locus,

    id. 4, 2, 117; 5, 7, 32.—
    B.
    A passage in a book or author; plur. loci (Zumpt, Gram. §

    99): locos quosdam transferam,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 7; Quint. 1, 1, 36; 1, 4, 4; 5, 13, 42; 6, 3, 36; Tac. Or. 22:

    locos Lucreti plurimos sectare,

    Gell. 1, 21, 7;

    but rarely loca: loca jam recitata,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 223; Amm. 29, 2, 8.—
    C.
    Room, opportunity, cause, occasion, place, time, etc., for any thing:

    et cognoscendi et ignoscendi dabitur peccati locus,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 6:

    avaritia paululum aliquid loci rationi et consilio dedisset,

    Cic. Quint. 16, 53:

    de tuo in me animo iniquis secus existimandi videris nonnihil dedisse loci,

    to have given occasion, cause, reason, id. Fam. 3, 6, 6:

    dare suspicioni locum,

    id. Cael. 4, 9:

    dare locum dubitationis,

    id. Balb. 6, 16; Val. Fl. 4, 451: locum habere, to find a place:

    qui dolorem summum malum dicit, apud eum, quem locum habet fortitudo?

    Cic. Off. 3, 33, 117:

    in hoc altero dicacitatis quid habet ars loci?

    id. de Or. 2, 54, 219; so,

    locus est alicui rei: legi Aquiliae locus est adversus te,

    Dig. 9, 2, 27; cf.:

    huic edicto locus est,

    ib. 37, 10, 6; cf.:

    meritis vacat hic tibi locus,

    Verg. A. 11, 179:

    cum defendendi negandive non est locus,

    Quint. 5, 13, 8:

    quaerendi,

    id. 3, 8, 21.—Also in the sense of there is place for any thing, it finds acceptance:

    in poëtis non Homero soli locus est aut Archilocho, etc.,

    Cic. Or. 1, 4:

    si in mea familiaritate locus esset nemini nisi, etc.,

    id. Planc. 33, 82:

    maledicto nihil loci est,

    id. Mur. 5, 12: locum non relinquere, to leave no room for, not to admit, to exclude:

    vita turpis ne morti quidem honestae locum relinquit,

    id. Quint. 15, 49; so,

    nec precibus nostris nec admonitionibus relinquit locum,

    id. Fam. 1, 1, 2: nancisci locum, to find occasion:

    nactus locum resecandae libidinis,

    id. Att. 1, 18, 2:

    valde gaudeo, si est nunc ullus gaudendi locus,

    id. ib. 9, 7, 6.—
    D.
    In aliquo loco esse, to be in any place, position, situation, condition, state, relation:

    si ego in istoc siem loco, dem potius aurum, quam, etc.,

    position, place, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 116:

    tanta ibi copia venustatum aderat, in suo quaeque loco sita munde,

    id. Poen. 5, 4, 8:

    in uxoris loco habere,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 52:

    in liberūm loco esse,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 49, 200; id. Planc. 11, 28; id. Brut. 1, 1; but more freq. without in:

    is si eo loco esset, negavit se facturum,

    id. Fam. 4, 4, 4:

    eodem loco esse,

    Sen. Ben. 3, 8, 2; 7, 14, 6.—Esp. with a gen.:

    parentis loco esse,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61:

    hostium loco esse,

    Liv. 2, 4, 7:

    fratris loco esse,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 3, 1; 7, 3, 6; Quint. 6, 1, 7:

    nec vero hic locus est, ut, etc.,

    not the proper occasion, Cic. Tusc. 4, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 12, 33.— Hence, loco or in loco, at the right place or time, seasonably, suitably:

    posuisti loco versus Attianos,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 4:

    epistolae non in loco redditae,

    id. ib. 11, 16, 1:

    dulce est desipere in loco,

    Hor. C. 4, 12, 28; so,

    locis: non insurgit locis? non figuris gaudet?

    Quint. 12, 10, 23:

    quo res summa loco?

    in what condition? Verg. A. 2, 322:

    quo sit fortuna loco,

    id. ib. 9, 723:

    quo sit Romana loco res,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 12, 25:

    quo tua sit fortuna loco,

    Stat. Th. 7, 558:

    missis nuntiis, quo loco res essent,

    Liv. 2, 47, 5:

    primo loco,

    in the first place, first in order, Juv. 5, 12.—Freq. as a partit. gen.:

    quo loci for quo loco,

    Cic. Att. 8, 10; id. Div. 2, 66:

    eo loci for eo loco,

    id. Sest. 31, 68; Tac. A. 15, 74:

    eodem loci,

    Suet. Calig. 53:

    ubi loci,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 26:

    ibidem loci,

    id. Cist. 3, 1, 53:

    interea loci for interea,

    meanwhile, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 46:

    postea loci,

    after that, afterwards, Sall. J. 102:

    ubicumque locorum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 34:

    adhuc locorum,

    hitherto, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 25:

    ad id locorum,

    to that time, till then, hitherto, Sall. J. 63, 6; 73, 2; Liv. 22, 38, 12:

    post id locorum,

    after that, thereupon, Plaut. Cas. 1, 32:

    inde loci,

    since then, Lucr. 5, 437.—
    E.
    Place, position, degree, rank, order, office, of persons or things:

    summus locus civitatis,

    Cic. Clu. 55, 150:

    tua dignitas suum locum obtinebit,

    id. Fam. 3, 9, 2:

    quem locum apud ipsum Caesarem obtinuisti?

    id. Phil. 2, 29, 71:

    res erat et causa nostra eo jam loci, ut, etc.,

    id. Sest. 31, 68:

    Socrates voluptatem nullo loco numerat,

    id. Fin. 2, 28, 90:

    codem loco habere, quo, etc.,

    id. Prov. Cons. 17, 41; Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 6; 7, 77, 3; id. B. C. 1, 84, 2:

    indignantes eodem se loco esse, quo, etc.,

    Liv. 42, 37, 8:

    sed esto, neque melius quod invenimus esse, neque par, est certe proximus locus,

    Quint. 10, 5, 6:

    erat ordine proximus locus,

    id. 7, 3, 36:

    humili loco,

    id. 4, 2, 2.— Plur. loca:

    ut patricii recuperarent duo consularia loca,

    Liv. 10, 15, 8:

    quinque augurum loca,

    id. 10, 8, 3; 42, 34, 15:

    omnia loca obtinuere, ne cui plebeio aditus esset,

    id. 4, 57, 11; Tac. A. 2, 55:

    Vesta loca prima tenet,

    Ov. F. 6, 304.—Esp. of birth:

    infimo loco natus,

    Cic. Fl. 11, 24:

    esse summo loco natus,

    id. Planc. 25, 60:

    Tanaquil summo loco nata,

    Liv. 1, 34.—
    F.
    Loco, adverbially, in the place of, instead of, for:

    criminis loco putant esse, quod vivam,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 3, 6:

    haec filium suum sibi praemii loco deposcit,

    id. Inv. 2, 49, 144.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > locus

  • 18 проходной изолятор

    1. wire holder
    2. insulating bushing
    3. bushing insulator
    4. bushing
    5. bush

     

    проходной изолятор
    Изолятор, предназначенный для провода токоведущих элементов через стенку, имеющую другой электрический потенциал.
    [ ГОСТ 27744-88]

    проходной изолятор
    -
    [IEV number 151-15-40]

    EN

    (insulating) bushing
    insulator forming a passage for a conductor through a non-insulating partition
    [IEV number 151-15-40]

    bushing
    A bushing is a cyclindrical insulating component, usually made of ceramic, that houses a conductor. It enables a conductor to pass through a grounded enclosure, such as a transformer tank (the physical shell of a transformer), a wall or other physical barrier, to connect electrical installations. In the case of a transformer, bushings protect the conductors that connect a transformer’s core to the power system it serves through channels in the transformer’s housing.
    [ABB. Glossary of technical terms. 2010]

    FR

    isolateur de traversée, m
    traversée, f
    isolateur permettant le passage d'un conducteur à travers une paroi non isolante
    [IEV number 151-15-40]

    0317
    Проходной изолятор

    Параллельные тексты EN-RU

    The circuit breaker is connected via bushings to the rest of the switchgear at the flanges provided.
    [Siemens]

    С другими частями распределительного устройства силовой выключатель соединяется через проходные изоляторы, закрепленные в его фланцах.
    [Перевод Интент]

    Тематики

    Классификация

    >>>

    Обобщающие термины

    EN

    DE

    FR

    3.26 проходной изолятор (bushing): Изолирующее устройство, обеспечивающее прохождение одного или нескольких проводников через внутреннюю или наружную стенку оболочки,

    Источник: ГОСТ Р МЭК 61241-0-2007: Электрооборудование, применяемое в зонах, опасных по воспламенению горючей пыли. Часть 0. Общие требования оригинал документа

    3.2 проходной изолятор (bushing): Изолирующее устройство, обеспечивающее прохождение одного или нескольких проводников через внутреннюю или наружную стенку оболочки.

    Источник: ГОСТ Р МЭК 61241-14-2008: Электрооборудование, применяемое в зонах, опасных по воспламенению горючей пыли. Часть 14. Выбор и установка оригинал документа

    3.2 проходной изолятор (bushing): Изолирующее устройство, обеспечивающее прохождение одного или нескольких проводников через внутреннюю или наружную стенку оболочки.

    Источник: ГОСТ IEC 61241-14-2011: Электрооборудование, применяемое в зонах, опасных по воспламенению горючей пыли. Часть 14. Выбор и установка

    Русско-английский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > проходной изолятор

  • 19 сообщаться с

    Русско-английский научно-технический словарь переводчика > сообщаться с

  • 20 доступ в проход Q обеспечивается двумя горизонтальными каналами K, каждый из которых, в свою очередь, связан с двумя проходами U

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > доступ в проход Q обеспечивается двумя горизонтальными каналами K, каждый из которых, в свою очередь, связан с двумя проходами U

Страницы
  • 1
  • 2

См. также в других словарях:

  • Passage — Pas sage, n. [F. passage. See {Pass}, v. i.] 1. The act of passing; transit from one place to another; movement from point to point; a going by, over, across, or through; as, the passage of a man or a carriage; the passage of a ship or a bird;… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Passage hawk — Passage Pas sage, n. [F. passage. See {Pass}, v. i.] 1. The act of passing; transit from one place to another; movement from point to point; a going by, over, across, or through; as, the passage of a man or a carriage; the passage of a ship or a… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Passage money — Passage Pas sage, n. [F. passage. See {Pass}, v. i.] 1. The act of passing; transit from one place to another; movement from point to point; a going by, over, across, or through; as, the passage of a man or a carriage; the passage of a ship or a… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • passage grave — noun : a subterranean burial chamber entered through a long passage resembling a tunnel * * * Archaeol. a megalithic tomb of the Neolithic and Copper or early Bronze ages found in the British Isles and Europe, consisting of a roofed burial… …   Useful english dictionary

  • passage, rite of — Any of numerous ceremonial events, existing in all societies, that mark the passage of an individual from one social or religious status to another. The term was coined by the French anthropologist Arnold van Gennep (1873–1957) in 1909. Many of… …   Universalium

  • Dalco Passage — is a tidal strait within Puget Sound in the U.S. state of Washington. Located between the southern end of Vashon Island and the mainland near Tacoma, Dalco Passage connects the northern main Puget Sound basin to the southern basin, via the Tacoma …   Wikipedia

  • In passage — Passage Pas sage, n. [F. passage. See {Pass}, v. i.] 1. The act of passing; transit from one place to another; movement from point to point; a going by, over, across, or through; as, the passage of a man or a carriage; the passage of a ship or a… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Middle passage — Passage Pas sage, n. [F. passage. See {Pass}, v. i.] 1. The act of passing; transit from one place to another; movement from point to point; a going by, over, across, or through; as, the passage of a man or a carriage; the passage of a ship or a… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Northeast passage — Passage Pas sage, n. [F. passage. See {Pass}, v. i.] 1. The act of passing; transit from one place to another; movement from point to point; a going by, over, across, or through; as, the passage of a man or a carriage; the passage of a ship or a… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Northwest passage — Passage Pas sage, n. [F. passage. See {Pass}, v. i.] 1. The act of passing; transit from one place to another; movement from point to point; a going by, over, across, or through; as, the passage of a man or a carriage; the passage of a ship or a… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Of passage — Passage Pas sage, n. [F. passage. See {Pass}, v. i.] 1. The act of passing; transit from one place to another; movement from point to point; a going by, over, across, or through; as, the passage of a man or a carriage; the passage of a ship or a… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»